1999 Chevrolet Metro

1999 Chevrolet Metro
yellowblue
The 1999 Chevrolet Metro Owner’s Manual
1-1
Seats and Restraint Systems
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety belts properly. It also explains the air bag system.
2-1
Features and Controls
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
3-1
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
This section tells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system.
4-1
Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions.
5-1
Problems on the Road
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or overheated engine, etc.
6-1
Service and Appearance Care
Here the manual tells you how to keep your vehicle running properly and looking good.
7-1
Maintenance Schedule
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use.
8-1
Customer Assistance Information
This section tells you how to contact Chevrolet for assistance and how to get service and owner publications.
It also gives you information on “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 8-10.
9-1
Index
Here’s an alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual. You can use it to quickly find
something you want to read.
i
yellowblue
We support voluntary
technician certification.
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem,
CHEVROLET, and the CHEVROLET Emblem
are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation.
This manual includes the latest information at the time it
was printed. We reserve the right to make changes in the
product after that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name
“General Motors of Canada Limited” for Chevrolet
Motor Division whenever it appears in this manual.
Please keep this manual in your vehicle, so it will be
there if you ever need it when you’re on the road. If you
sell the vehicle, please leave this manual in it so the new
owner can use it.
For Canadian Owners Who Prefer a
French Language Manual:
Aux propriétaires canadiens: Vous pouvez vous
procurer un exemplaire de ce guide en français chez
votre concessionaire ou au:
DGN Marketing Services Ltd.
1577 Meyerside Dr.
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1B9
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 10296186 B First Edition
ii
ECopyright General Motors Corporation 1998
All Rights Reserved
yellowblue
The Heritage of Chevrolet
The dynamic William C. “Billy”
Durant shifted gears from making
carriages to making cars,
forming half the team that gave
birth to Chevrolet.
Welcome to the largest
vehicle backed by a proud
worn the Chevrolet marque.
automotive family in the
history of performance and
That kind of reception from
world -- the family of Chevrolet
value. Since the first “Classic
auto owners is unmatched by
owners. You have selected a
Six” rolled off the line in 1912,
any other car manufacturer in
vehicle designed, engineered
more than 110 million
the world.
and crafted by teamwork, a
Chevrolet cars and trucks have
Louis Chevrolet, the other half of the team,
at the wheel of his experimental “Classic
Six,” which entered production in 1912.
That year 2999 vehicles were produced.
iii
yellowblue
The Chevrolet blend of
value and performance has
become an American
into each vehicle. It’s not
open road.
surprising that for 80 years
Every decade, Chevrolet
“Genuine Chevrolet” has been
America’s automobile.
tradition -- whether bred for
has reinforced its heritage
the racetrack like the legendary
of affordable performance
Corvette and Camaro, or
with quality and value crafted
In 1932 Chevrolet
introduced the
Synchro-Mesh
transmission and
offered a host of
accessories -- including
such niceties as a clock!
iv
created for the pleasure of the
We’re proud to continue that
heritage in your Chevrolet,
The legacy of America’s favorite sportscar
began in 1953, when 319 hand-assembled
white Corvettes
launched the
first use of a
fiberglass body in
a production car.
yellowblue
The 1957 Chevy started a romance with the American
public -- and was powered by an available fuel-injected V8.
and we are pledged to
make ownership of your
Chevrolet an enjoyable
and rewarding experience.
60’s automotive excitement
included Chevrolet landmarks
like the Corvette Sting Ray,
the sporty Camaro, and
powerplants like the
legendary 327 V8.
Your new Chevrolet continues a tradition of quality and value.
v
yellowblue
How to Use this Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual from beginning
to end when they first receive their new vehicle. If you
do this, it will help you learn about the features and
controls for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll find
that pictures and words work together to explain
things quickly.
Index
A good place to look for what you need is the Index in
back of the manual. It’s an alphabetical list of what’s in
the manual, and the page number where you’ll find it.
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You will find a number of safety cautions in this book.
We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell you
about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore
the warning.
vi
CAUTION:
These mean there is something that could hurt
you or other people.
In the caution area, we tell you what the hazard is. Then
we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the
hazard. Please read these cautions. If you don’t, you or
others could be hurt.
You will also find a circle
with a slash through it in
this book. This safety
symbol means “Don’t,”
“Don’t do this” or “Don’t
let this happen.”
yellowblue
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you will find these notices:
NOTICE:
These mean there is something that could
damage your vehicle.
In the notice area, we tell you about something that
can damage your vehicle. Many times, this damage
would not be covered by your warranty, and it could
be costly. But the notice will tell you what to do to help
avoid the damage.
When you read other manuals, you might see
CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors
or in different words.
You’ll also see warning labels on your vehicle. They use
the same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.
vii
yellowblue
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you may find on your vehicle.
For example,
these symbols
are used on an
original battery:
CAUTION
POSSIBLE
INJURY
PROTECT
EYES BY
SHIELDING
CAUSTIC
BATTERY
ACID COULD
CAUSE
BURNS
AVOID
SPARKS OR
FLAMES
SPARK OR
FLAME
COULD
EXPLODE
BATTERY
viii
These symbols
are important
for you and
your passengers
whenever your
vehicle is
driven:
DOOR LOCK
UNLOCK
These symbols
have to do with
your lamps:
MASTER
LIGHTING
SWITCH
WINDSHIELD
WIPER
TURN
SIGNALS
WINDSHIELD
WASHER
PARKING
LAMPS
FASTEN
SEAT
BELTS
POWER
WINDOW
AIR BAG
These symbols
are on some of
your controls:
HAZARD
WARNING
FLASHER
DAYTIME
RUNNING
LAMPS
FOG LAMPS
WINDSHIELD
DEFROSTER
REAR
WINDOW
DEFOGGER
VENTILATING
FAN
These symbols
are used on
warning and
indicator lights:
Here are some
other symbols
you may see:
ENGINE
COOLANT
TEMP
FUSE
BATTERY
CHARGING
SYSTEM
LIGHTER
HORN
BRAKE
COOLANT
SPEAKER
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE
FUEL
ANTI-LOCK
BRAKES
yellowblue
Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems
Here you’ll find information about the seats in your vehicle and how to use your safety belts properly. You can also
learn about some things you should not do with air bags and safety belts.
1-2
1-8
1-13
1-14
1-14
1-20
1-21
1-21
Seats and Seat Controls
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About
Safety Belts -- and the Answers
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Driver Position
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Right Front Passenger Position
Air Bag System
1-28
1-32
1-35
1-45
1-48
1-48
1-49
Rear Seat Passengers
Children
Child Restraints
Larger Children
Safety Belt Extender
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
1-
1-1
yellowblue
Seats and Seat Controls
This part tells you about the seats -- how to adjust them,
and also about reclining front seatbacks, seatback
latches, easy entry seats and the folding rear seatback.
Manual Front Seat
CAUTION:
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to
adjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicle is
moving. The sudden movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you
don’t want to. Adjust the driver’s seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
1-2
Pull up on the lever under the front seat to unlock it. The
lever is to your right under the driver’s front seat and to
your left under the passenger’s front seat. Slide the seat
to where you want it. Then release the lever and try to
move the seat with your body, to make sure the seat is
locked into place.
yellowblue
Reclining Front Seatbacks
To adjust the seatback, lift the lever on the outer side of
the seat. Release the lever to lock the seatback where
you want it. Pull up on the lever, and the seat will go to
its original upright position.
But don’t have a seatback reclined if your vehicle is moving.
CAUTION:
Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is
in motion can be dangerous. Even if you buckle
up, your safety belts can’t do their job when
you’re reclined like this.
CAUTION: (Continued)
1-3
yellowblue
CAUTION: (Continued)
Driver’s Seatback Latch (2-Door)
The shoulder belt can’t do its job because it
won’t be against your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash you could go into it,
receiving neck or other injuries.
The lap belt can’t do its job either. In a crash the
belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones.
This could cause serious internal injuries.
For proper protection when the vehicle is in
motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly.
The driver’s seatback folds forward to let people get into
the back seat. To fold a seatback forward, lift this latch
and the seatback will fold forward.
To return the seatback to the upright position, just push
the seatback rearward.
1-4
yellowblue
When you return the seatback to its original position,
make sure the seatback is locked.
CAUTION:
If the seatback isn’t locked, it could move
forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could
cause injury to the person sitting there. Always
press rearward on the seatback to be sure it
is locked.
Easy Entry Seat (If Equipped)
The passenger’s seat of your vehicle makes it easy to get
in and out of the rear seat.
When you pull up on the recliner release lever, the
seatback will tilt forward and the whole seat will
slide forward.
After someone gets into the rear seat area, pull up on the
front seat lever to move the bottom of the seat rearward.
Then move the seatback to its original position. The seat
and seatback should lock into position.
1-5
yellowblue
Rear Seatback
CAUTION:
If an easy entry right front seat isn’t locked, it
can move. In a sudden stop or crash, the person
sitting there could be injured. After you’ve used
it, be sure to push rearward on an easy entry seat
to be sure it is locked.
To get out, push the release lever forward. The seatback
will fold and the seat move forward.
1-6
Folding the Rear Seat
The rear seatback in your vehicle folds down to provide
more cargo space.
To fold the seatback down:
If you have a two-door model, make sure the rear safety
belts are hooked behind the safety belt hangers.
yellowblue
If you have a four-door model, make sure the loops on
the seatback are fastened and the rear safety belts pass
through the loops. This prevents the safety belt from
falling behind the seatback.
1. Pull up on the knobs on both sides of the seatback. If
you have a split rear seatback, you can fold half of
the seatback down by pulling only the knob on the
side you want to fold down.
2. Fold the seatback down.
1-7
yellowblue
To raise the seatback:
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone
If you have a two-door model, make sure the rear safety
belts are hooked behind the safety belt hangers. If you
have a four-door model, make sure the loops on the
seatback are fastened and the rear safety belts pass
through the loops.
This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts
properly. It also tells you some things you should not do
with safety belts.
1. Lift the seatback up and push it back to lock it
into place.
2. Be sure both sides of the seatback are latched. Push
and pull the top of the seatback to be sure it is locked
into position.
3. If you have a two-door model, unhook the safety
belts from the belt hangers.
1-8
And it explains the air bag system.
CAUTION:
Don’t let anyone ride where he or she can’t wear
a safety belt properly. If you are in a crash and
you’re not wearing a safety belt, your injuries
can be much worse. You can hit things inside the
vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously
injured or killed. In the same crash, you might
not be if you are buckled up. Always fasten your
safety belt, and check that your passengers’ belts
are fastened properly too.
yellowblue
In most states and Canadian provinces, the law says to
wear safety belts. Here’s why: They work.
CAUTION:
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area,
inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision,
people riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure
everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a
safety belt properly.
You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If you do have a
crash, you don’t know if it will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes can be so
serious that even buckled up a person wouldn’t survive.
But most crashes are in between. In many of them,
people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk
away. Without belts they could have been badly hurt
or killed.
After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles,
the facts are clear. In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
Your vehicle has a light that
comes on as a reminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety Belt
Reminder Light” in
the Index.)
1-9
yellowblue
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything, you go as fast as
it goes.
Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it’s just a seat
on wheels.
1-10
yellowblue
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The rider
doesn’t stop.
The person keeps going until stopped by something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield ...
1-11
yellowblue
or the instrument panel ...
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does.
You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance,
and your strongest bones take the forces. That’s why
safety belts make such good sense.
1-12
yellowblue
Here Are Questions Many People Ask
About Safety Belts -- and the Answers
Q: Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle after an
accident if I’m wearing a safety belt?
A:
You could be -- whether you’re wearing a safety
belt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,
even if you’re upside down. And your chance of
being conscious during and after an accident, so
you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if
you are belted.
Q:
If my vehicle has air bags, why should I have to
wear safety belts?
A:
Air bags are in many vehicles today and will be in
most of them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only; so they work with
safety belts -- not instead of them. Every air bag
system ever offered for sale has required the use of
safety belts. Even if you’re in a vehicle that has air
bags, you still have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in frontal collisions,
but especially in side and other collisions.
Q:
If I’m a good driver, and I never drive far from
home, why should I wear safety belts?
A:
You may be an excellent driver, but if you’re in an
accident -- even one that isn’t your fault -- you and
your passengers can be hurt. Being a good driver
doesn’t protect you from things beyond your
control, such as bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km) of
home. And the greatest number of serious
injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than
40 mph (65 km/h).
Safety belts are for everyone.
1-13
yellowblue
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
This part is only for people of adult size.
Be aware that there are special things to know about safety
belts and children. And there are different rules for smaller
children and babies. If a child will be riding in your
vehicle, see the part of this manual called “Children.”
Follow those rules for everyone’s protection.
First, you’ll want to know which restraint systems your
vehicle has.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This part describes the driver’s restraint system.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s how to wear
it properly.
1. Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see “Seats” in the Index)
so you can sit up straight.
1-14
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
yellowblue
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If
the belt isn’t long enough, see “Safety Belt
Extender” at the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the buckle is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt.
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less likely
to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or crash, or
if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
1-15
yellowblue
Q:
What’s wrong with this?
CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
A:
The shoulder belt is too loose. It won’t give nearly
as much protection this way.
1-16
yellowblue
Q:
What’s wrong with this?
CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if your belt is
buckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash,
the belt would go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not at the pelvic
bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.
Always buckle your belt into the buckle
nearest you.
A:
The belt is buckled in the wrong place.
1-17
yellowblue
Q:
What’s wrong with this?
CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if you wear the
shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your
body would move too far forward, which would
increase the chance of head and neck injury.
Also, the belt would apply too much force to the
ribs, which aren’t as strong as shoulder bones.
You could also severely injure internal organs
like your liver or spleen.
A:
The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It should
be worn over the shoulder at all times.
1-18
yellowblue
Q:
What’s wrong with this?
CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt. In
a crash, you wouldn’t have the full width of the
belt to spread impact forces. If a belt is twisted,
make it straight so it can work properly, or ask
your dealer to fix it.
A:
The belt is twisted across the body.
1-19
yellowblue
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant
women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be
seriously injured if they don’t wear safety belts.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
The belt should go back out of the way.
Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out of the
way. If you slam the door on it, you can damage both the
belt and your vehicle.
A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and
the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below
the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.
1-20
yellowblue
The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the
mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it’s more
likely that the fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making
safety belts effective is wearing them properly.
Right Front Passenger Position
To learn how to wear the right front passenger’s safety belt
properly, see “Driver Position” earlier in this section.
The right front passenger’s safety belt works the same
way as the driver’s safety belt -- except for one thing. If
you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt out all the
way, you will engage the child restraint locking feature.
If this happens, just let the belt go back all the way and
start again.
Air Bag System
This part explains the air bag system.
Your vehicle has “Next Generation” frontal air
bags -- one air bag for the driver and another air bag for
the right front passenger.
Next Generation frontal air bags are designed to help
reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating
air bag. But even these air bags must inflate very
quickly if they are to do their job and comply with
federal regulations.
Here are the most important things to know about the air
bag system:
CAUTION:
You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if
you aren’t wearing your safety belt -- even if you
have air bags. Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things
inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Air
bags are “supplemental restraints” to the safety
belts. All air bags -- even Next Generation air
bags -- are designed to work with safety belts,
but don’t replace them. Air bags are designed to
work only in moderate to severe crashes where
the front of your vehicle hits something. They
aren’t designed to inflate at all in rollover, rear,
side or low-speed frontal crashes. And, for
unrestrained occupants, Next Generation air
bags may provide less protection in frontal
crashes than more forceful air bags have
provided in the past. Everyone in your vehicle
should wear a safety belt properly -- whether or
not there’s an air bag for that person.
1-21
yellowblue
CAUTION: (Continued)
CAUTION:
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the
blink of an eye. If you’re too close to an inflating
air bag, as you would be if you were leaning
forward, it could seriously injure you. This is true
even with Next Generation frontal air bags.
Safety belts help keep you in position before and
during a crash. Always wear your safety belt,
even with Next Generation air bags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible while still
maintaining control of the vehicle.
CAUTION:
Children who are up against, or very close to, any
air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured or
killed. This is true even though your vehicle has
Next Generation frontal air bags. Air bags plus
lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection for
adults, but not for young children and infants.
CAUTION: (Continued)
1-22
Neither the vehicle’s safety belt system nor its air
bag system is designed for them. Young children
and infants need the protection that a child
restraint system can provide. Always secure
children properly in your vehicle. To read how,
see the part of this manual called “Children” and
see the caution labels on the sunvisors and the
right front passenger’s safety belt.
There is an air bag readiness
light on the instrument
panel, which shows
AIR BAG.
The system checks the air bag electrical system for
malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See “Air Bag Readiness Light” in the Index
for more information.
yellowblue
How the Air Bag System Works
The right front passenger’s air bag is in the instrument
panel on the passenger’s side.
Where are the air bags?
The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the
steering wheel.
1-23
yellowblue
CAUTION:
If something is between an occupant and an air
bag, the bag might not inflate properly or it
might force the object into that person. The path
of an inflating air bag must be kept clear. Don’t
put anything between an occupant and an air
bag, and don’t attach or put anything on the
steering wheel hub or on or near any other air
bag covering.
can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, so that
it can be somewhat above or below this range. If your
vehicle strikes something that will move or deform, such
as a parked car, the threshold level will be higher. The
air bag is not designed to inflate in rollovers, side
impacts or rear impacts, because inflation would not
help the occupant.
In any particular crash, no one can say whether an air
bag should have inflated simply because of the damage
to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were.
Inflation is determined by the angle of the impact and
how quickly the vehicle slows down in frontal or
near-frontal impacts.
When should an air bag inflate?
What makes an air bag inflate?
An air bag is designed to inflate in a moderate to severe
frontal or near-frontal crash. The air bag will inflate
only if the impact speed is above the system’s designed
“threshold level.” If your vehicle goes straight into a
wall that doesn’t move or deform, the threshold level is
about 9 to 13 mph (14 to 21 km/h). The threshold level
In an impact of sufficient severity, the air bag sensing
system detects that the vehicle is in a crash. The sensing
system triggers a release of gas from the inflator, which
inflates the air bag. The inflator, air bag and related
hardware are all part of the air bag modules inside the
steering wheel and in the instrument panel in front of the
right front passenger.
1-24
yellowblue
How does an air bag restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal collisions,
even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the
instrument panel. Air bags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts. Air bags distribute the force of
the impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body,
stopping the occupant more gradually. But air bags would
not help you in many types of collisions, including
rollovers, rear impacts and side impacts, primarily because
an occupant’s motion is not toward those air bags. Air
bags should never be regarded as anything more than a
supplement to safety belts, and then only in moderate to
severe frontal or near-frontal collisions.
What will you see after an air bag inflates?
After an air bag inflates, it quickly deflates, so quickly
that some people may not even realize the air bag
inflated. Some components of the air bag module -- the
steering wheel hub for the driver’s air bag, or the
instrument panel for the right front passenger’s
bag -- will be hot for a short time.
The parts of the bag that come into contact with you
may be warm, but not too hot to touch. There will be
some smoke and dust coming from vents in the deflated
air bags. Air bag inflation doesn’t prevent the driver
from seeing or from being able to steer the vehicle, nor
does it stop people from leaving the vehicle.
CAUTION:
When an air bag inflates, there is dust in the air.
This dust could cause breathing problems for
people with a history of asthma or other
breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so.
If you have breathing problems but can’t get out
of the vehicle after an air bag inflates, then get
fresh air by opening a window or door.
1-25
yellowblue
In many crashes severe enough to inflate an air bag,
windshields are broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the
right front passenger air bag.
D Air bags are designed to inflate only once. After they
inflate, you’ll need some new parts for your air bag
system. If you don’t get them, the air bag system
won’t be there to help protect you in another crash.
A new system will include air bag modules and
possibly other parts. The service manual for your
vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.
D Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing and
diagnostic module, which records information about
the air bag system. The module records information
about the readiness of the system, when the system
commands air bag inflation and driver’s safety belt
usage at deployment.
D Let only qualified technicians work on your air bag
system. Improper service can mean that your air bag
system won’t work properly. See your dealer
for service.
1-26
NOTICE:
If you damage the covering for the driver’s or the
right front passenger’s air bag, the bag may not
work properly. You may have to replace the air
bag module in the steering wheel or both the air
bag module and the instrument panel for the
right front passenger’s air bag. Do not open or
break the air bag coverings.
If your vehicle ever gets into a lot of water -- such as
water up to the carpeting or higher -- or if water enters
your vehicle and soaks the carpet, the air bag controller
can be soaked and ruined. If this ever happens, and then
you start your vehicle, the damage could make the air
bags inflate, even if there’s no crash. You would have to
replace the air bags as well as the sensors and related
parts. If your vehicle is ever in a flood, or if it’s exposed
to water that soaks the carpet, you can avoid needless
repair costs by turning off the vehicle immediately and
disconnecting the battery cables. Don’t let anyone start
the vehicle under any circumstances. See your dealer
for service.
yellowblue
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle
Air bags affect how your vehicle should be serviced.
There are parts of the air bag system in several places
around your vehicle. You don’t want the system to
inflate while someone is working on your vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have information about
servicing your vehicle and the air bag system. To
purchase a service manual, see “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
CAUTION:
For up to 15 seconds after the ignition key is
turned off and the battery is disconnected, an air
bag can still inflate during improper service. You
can be injured if you are close to an air bag when
it inflates. Avoid wires wrapped with yellow tape
or yellow connectors. They are probably part of
the air bag system. Be sure to follow proper
service procedures, and make sure the person
performing work for you is qualified to do so.
The air bag system does not need regular maintenance.
1-27
yellowblue
Rear Seat Passengers
It’s very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up!
Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear
seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Rear passengers who aren’t safety belted can be thrown
out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strike others
in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.
1-28
Lap-Shoulder Belt
yellowblue
CAUTION:
On two-door models, you can be seriously
injured if you wear a safety belt that’s hooked
into a safety belt hanger. In a crash, the safety
belt won’t be able to do its job if it’s hooked into
a belt hanger like this. Always make sure the
safety belt is unhooked from the belt hanger
before anyone wears it.
The safety belt hangers should only be used to
store the belts when the seatback is folded down.
(See “Folding Rear Seat” in the Index.)
The rear seats have lap-shoulder belts. Here’s how to
wear one properly.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.
Don’t let it get twisted.
The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across
you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back
slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.
1-29
yellowblue
When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it
will lock. If it does, let it go back all the way and
start again. If the belt is not long enough, see “Safety
Belt Extender” at the end of this section. Make sure
the release button on the buckle is positioned so you
would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if
you ever had to.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckle
end of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.
1-30
The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies
force to the strong pelvic bones. And you’d be less likely
to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force at your abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go
over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the
body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
yellowblue
The safety belt locks if there’s a sudden stop or a crash,
or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.
CAUTION:
You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is
too loose. In a crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase injury. The
shoulder belt should fit against your body.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.
1-31
yellowblue
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! That includes
infants and all children smaller than adult size. Neither
the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler
changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints.
In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says children up to some age
must be restrained while in a vehicle.
1-32
Smaller Children and Babies
CAUTION:
Children who are up against, or very close to, any
air bag when it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. This is true even though your vehicle
has Next Generation frontal air bags. Air bags
plus lap-shoulder belts offer the best protection
for adults, but not for young children and
infants. Neither the vehicle’s safety belt system
nor its air bag system is designed for them.
Young children and infants need the protection
that a child restraint system can provide. Always
secure children properly in your vehicle.
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Smaller children and babies should always be
restrained in a child or infant restraint. The
instructions for the restraint will say whether it is
the right type and size for your child. A very
young child’s hip bones are so small that a
regular belt might not stay low on the hips, as it
should. Instead, the belt will likely be over the
child’s abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply
force right on the child’s abdomen, which could
cause serious or fatal injuries. So, be sure that
any child small enough for one is always properly
restrained in a child or infant restraint.
Infants need complete support, including support for the
head and neck. This is necessary because an infant’s
neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared
with the rest of its body. In a frontal crash, an infant in a
rear-facing restraint settles into the restraint, so the crash
forces can be distributed across the strongest part of the
infant’s body, the back and shoulders. A baby should be
secured in an appropriate infant restraint. This is so
important that many hospitals today won’t release a
newborn infant to its parents unless there is an infant
restraint available for the baby’s first trip in a
motor vehicle.
1-33
yellowblue
CAUTION: (Continued)
at only 25 mph (40 km/h), a 12-lb. (5.5 kg) baby
will suddenly become a 240-lb. (110 kg) force on
your arms. The baby would be almost impossible
to hold.
Secure the baby in an infant restraint.
CAUTION:
Never hold a baby in your arms while riding in a
vehicle. A baby doesn’t weigh much -- until a
crash. During a crash a baby will become so
heavy you can’t hold it. For example, in a crash
CAUTION: (Continued)
1-34
yellowblue
Child Restraints
Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles,
they should have protection provided by
appropriate restraints.
Q:
What are the different types of add-on
child restraints?
A:
Add-on child restraints are available in four basic
types. When selecting a child restraint, take into
consideration not only the child’s weight and size,
but also whether or not the restraint will be
compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will
be used.
An infant car bed (A) is a special bed made for use
in a motor vehicle. It’s an infant restraint system
designed to restrain or position a child on a
continuous flat surface. With an infant car bed,
make sure that the infant’s head rests toward the
center of the vehicle.
1-35
yellowblue
A rear-facing infant restraint (B) positions an infant
to face the rear of the vehicle. Rear-facing infant
restraints are designed for infants of up to about
20 lbs. (9 kg) and about one year of age. This type
of restraint faces the rear so that the infant’s head,
neck and body can have the support they need in a
frontal crash. Some infant seats come in two
parts -- the base stays secured in the vehicle and
the seat part is removable.
1-36
yellowblue
A forward-facing child restraint (C-E) positions a
child upright to face forward in the vehicle. These
forward-facing restraints are designed to help
protect children who are from 20 to 40 lbs.
(9 to 18 kg) and about 26 to 40 inches
(66 to 102 cm) in height, or up to around four years
of age. One type, a convertible restraint, is
designed to be used either as a rear-facing infant
seat or a forward-facing child seat.
1-37
yellowblue
A booster seat (F, G) is designed for children who
are about 40 to 60 lbs., or even up to 80 lbs.
(18 to 27 kg, or even up to 36 kg), and about four
to eight years of age. A booster seat is designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle’s safety belt system.
Booster seats with shields use lap-only belts;
however, booster seats without shields use
lap-shoulder belts. Booster seats can also help a
child to see out the window.
1-38
yellowblue
When choosing a child restraint, be sure the child
restraint is designed to be used in a vehicle. If it is, it
will have a label saying that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You may
find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system in
your vehicle, but the child also has to be secured within
the restraint to help reduce the chance of personal injury.
The instructions that come with the infant or child
restraint will show you how to do that. Both the owner’s
manual and the child restraint instructions are important,
so if either one of these is not available, obtain a
replacement copy from the manufacturer.
Where to Put the Restraint
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat. We at
General Motors therefore recommend that you put your
child restraint in the rear seat. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front passenger seat. Here’s why:
CAUTION:
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured or killed if the right front
passenger’s air bag inflates, even though your
vehicle has Next Generation frontal air bags. This
is because the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to the inflating air
bag. Always secure a rear-facing child restraint
in a rear seat.
You may secure a forward-facing child restraint
in the right front seat, but before you do, always
move the front passenger seat as far back as it
will go. It’s better to secure the child restraint in
a rear seat.
Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move
around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in
the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child
restraint in your vehicle -- even when no child is in it.
1-39
yellowblue
Top Strap
If your child restraint has a top strap, it should be
anchored. If you need to have an anchor installed, your
dealer can obtain a kit with anchor hardware and
installation instructions specifically designed for this
vehicle. The dealer can then install the anchor for you.
This work will be done for you free of charge. Or, you
may install the anchor yourself using the instructions
provided in the kit.
Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear
Seat Position
Canadian law requires that forward-facing child
restraints have a top strap, and that the strap
be anchored.
1-40
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one. Be sure
to follow the instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and
as the instructions say.
yellowblue
CAUTION:
On two-door models, a child can be seriously
injured if you secure a child restraint with a
safety belt that’s hooked into a safety belt hanger.
In a crash, the safety belt won’t be able to do its
job if it’s hooked into a belt hanger. Always make
sure the safety belt is unhooked from the belt
hanger before it’s used to secure a child restraint.
The safety belt hangers should only be used to
store the belts when the seatback is folded down.
(See “Folding Rear Seat” in the Index.)
1. Put the restraint on the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
3. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
1-41
yellowblue
4. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock.
5. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into
the retractor while you push down on the child
restraint. If you’re using a forward-facing child
restraint, you may find it helpful to use your knee to
push down on the child restraint as you tighten
the belt.
6. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
1-42
yellowblue
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat Position
Your vehicle has a right front passenger air bag. Never
put a rear-facing child restraint in this seat. Here’s why:
CAUTION:
A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be
seriously injured or killed if the right front
passenger’s air bag inflates, even though your
vehicle has Next Generation frontal air bags. This
is because the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to the inflating air
bag. Always secure a rear-facing child restraint
in the rear seat.
Although a rear seat is a safer place, you can secure a
forward-facing child restraint in the right front seat.
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See the earlier part
about the top strap if the child restraint has one. Be sure
to follow the instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and
as the instructions say.
1. Because your vehicle has a right front passenger air
bag, always move the seat as far back as it will go
before securing a forward-facing child restraint. (See
“Seats” in the Index.)
2. Put the restraint on the seat.
1-43
yellowblue
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder
portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or
around the restraint. The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the child’s face or
neck, put it behind the child restraint.
5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of
the retractor to set the lock.
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button is
positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the
safety belt quickly if you ever had to.
1-44
yellowblue
Larger Children
6. To tighten the belt, feed the shoulder belt back into the
retractor while you push down on the child restraint.
You may find it helpful to use your knee to push down
on the child restraint as you tighten the belt.
Children who have outgrown child restraints should
wear the vehicle’s safety belts.
7. Push and pull the child restraint in different
directions to be sure it is secure.
To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’s
safety belt and let it go back all the way. The safety belt
will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult
or larger child passenger.
1-45
yellowblue
Accident statistics show that children are safer if they
are restrained in the rear seat. But they need to use the
safety belts properly.
D Children who aren’t buckled up can be thrown out in
a crash.
D Children who aren’t buckled up can strike other
people who are.
1-46
CAUTION:
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing the same belt. The
belt can’t properly spread the impact forces. In a
crash, the two children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A belt must be used by
only one person at a time.
Q:
What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,
but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is
very close to the child’s face or neck?
A:
Move the child toward the center of the vehicle, but
be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s upper body
would have the restraint that belts provide.
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Never do this.
Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a
lap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder part is behind
the child. If the child wears the belt in this way, in
a crash the child might slide under the belt. The
belt’s force would then be applied right on the
child’s abdomen. That could cause serious or
fatal injuries.
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the belt
should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching
the child’s thighs. This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
1-47
yellowblue
Safety Belt Extender
Checking Your Restraint Systems
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you
should use it.
Now and then, make sure the safety belt reminder light
and all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and
anchorages are working properly. Look for any other
loose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you see
anything that might keep a safety belt system from
doing its job, have it repaired.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to fasten, your
dealer will order you an extender. It’s free. When you go
in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the
extender will be long enough for you. The extender will
be just for you, and just for the seat in your vehicle that
you choose. Don’t let someone else use it, and use it
only for the seat it is made to fit. To wear it, just attach it
to the regular safety belt.
1-48
Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is
torn or frayed, get a new one right away.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag covers, and
have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
yellowblue
Replacing Restraint System Parts
After a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, do you need new belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.
But if the belts were stretched, as they would be if worn
during a more severe crash, then you need new belts.
If you ever see a label on the driver’s or the right front
passenger’s safety belt that says to replace the belt, be
sure to do so. Then the new belt will be there to help
protect you in a collision. You would see this label on
the belt near the door opening.
If belts are cut or damaged, replace them. Collision
damage also may mean you will need to have safety belt
or seat parts repaired or replaced. New parts and repairs
may be necessary even if the belt wasn’t being used at
the time of the collision.
If an air bag inflates, you’ll need to replace air bag
system parts. See the part on the air bag system earlier in
this section.
1-49
yellowblue
✍
1-50
NOTES
yellowblue
Section 2 Features and Controls
Here you can learn about the many standard and optional features on your vehicle, and information on starting,
shifting and braking. Also explained are the instrument panel and the warning systems that tell you if everything is
working properly -- and what to do if you have a problem.
2-2
2-4
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-13
2-16
2-18
2-19
2-21
2-21
2-22
Keys
Door Locks
Hatchback/Trunk Lid
Theft
New Vehicle “Break-In”
Ignition Positions
Starting Your Engine
Automatic Transaxle Operation
Manual Transaxle Operation
Parking Brake
Shifting Into PARK (P)
(Automatic Transaxle Only)
Shifting Out of PARK (P)
(Automatic Transaxle Only)
Parking Your Vehicle (Manual Transaxle
Models Only)
Parking Over Things That Burn
2-22
2-23
2-23
2-24
2-24
2-27
2-28
2-28
2-29
2-31
2-31
2-32
2-34
2-37
Engine Exhaust
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked
(Automatic Transaxle)
Windows
Horn
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
Exterior Lamps
Interior Lamps
Mirrors
Storage Compartments
Ashtray and Cigarette Lighter
Sun Visors
The Instrument Panel -- Your
Information System
Instrument Panel Cluster
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
2-
2-1
yellowblue
Keys
CAUTION:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition
key is dangerous for many reasons. A child or
others could be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate controls or even make the
vehicle move. Don’t leave the keys in a vehicle
with children.
2-2
yellowblue
One key is used for the
ignition, the doors and all
other locks.
If you need a new key, contact your Chevrolet dealer
who can obtain the correct key code. In an emergency,
call the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program at
1-800-CHEV-USAR (1-800-243-8872). In Canada
call 1-800-268-6800.
NOTICE:
When a new vehicle is delivered, the dealer removes
the metal plate from the key ring and gives it to the
first owner.
Your vehicle has a number of features that can
help prevent theft. However, you can have a lot of
trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock
your keys inside. You may even have to damage
your vehicle to get in. So be sure you have an
extra key.
The metal plate has a code on it that tells your dealer or
a qualified locksmith how to make extra keys. Keep the
code in a safe place. If you lose your keys, you’ll be able
to have new ones made easily using this code.
2-3
yellowblue
Door Locks
From the outside, use your key. To lock the door, turn
the key toward the front of the vehicle. To unlock the
door, turn the key toward the rear.
CAUTION:
Unlocked doors can be dangerous.
Passengers -- especially children -- can easily
open the doors and fall out. When a door is
locked, the inside handle won’t open it.
Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked
door when you slow down or stop your vehicle.
This may not be so obvious: You increase the
chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash if the doors aren’t locked. Wear safety belts
properly, lock your doors, and you will be far
better off whenever you drive your vehicle.
There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.
2-4
To lock the door from the inside, push in the lever. To
unlock it, pull out the lever.
yellowblue
Power Door Locks (If Equipped)
To Use One of These Locks
This feature allows you to lock or unlock all of the side
doors at the same time. To lock the doors, push LOCK
and to unlock the doors, push UNLOCK.
The switch is located on the inside of the rear door. To
use the security locks:
If you open the driver’s side door manually with the key
from the outside, only the driver’s door will open. Then,
you must push UNLOCK to unlock the rest of the doors.
1. Move the lever all the way down.
Rear Door Security Locks (4-Door Models)
The rear doors of your vehicle cannot be opened from
inside when this feature is in use.
Your vehicle is equipped with rear door security locks
that help prevent passengers from opening the rear doors
of your car from the inside.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same thing to the other rear door lock.
2-5
yellowblue
To Open a Rear Door With the Security Lock
To Cancel the Rear Door Lock
If you want to open a rear door when the security lock
is on:
1. Unlock the door from the inside.
2. Then open the door from the outside.
If you don’t cancel the security lock feature, adults or
older children who ride in the rear won’t be able to open
the rear door from the inside. You should let adults and
older children know how these security locks work, and
how to cancel the locks.
1. Unlock the door from the inside and open the door
from the outside.
2. Move the lever all the way up.
3. Do the same for the other rear door.
The rear door locks will now work normally.
2-6
yellowblue
Leaving Your Vehicle
If you are leaving the vehicle, take your key, open your
door and set the locks from the inside. Then get out and
close the door.
Hatchback/Trunk Lid
CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to drive with the hatchback
or trunk lid open because carbon monoxide (CO)
gas can come into your vehicle. You can’t see or
smell CO. It can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
CAUTION: (Continued)
CAUTION: (Continued)
If you must drive with the hatchback or trunk lid
open or if electrical wiring or other cable
connections must pass through the seal between
the body and the hatchback or trunk lid:
D Make sure all other windows are shut.
D Turn the fan on your heating or cooling
system to its highest speed with the setting
on CIRCULATE. That will force outside
air into your vehicle. See “Comfort
Controls” in the Index.
D If you have air outlets on or under the
instrument panel, open them all the way.
See “Engine Exhaust” in the Index.
2-7
yellowblue
Hatchback/Trunk Lid Release
Remote Trunk Release (If Equipped)
Your key opens the hatchback or trunk lid. Turn the key
clockwise to unlock the hatchback or trunk lid.
On a sedan model, you may have a remote trunk
release lever.
NOTICE:
If you put things in the hatchback area, be sure
they won’t break the glass when you close it.
Never slam the hatchback lid down. You could
break the glass or damage the defogger grid
(if equipped).
Pull upward on the remote release handle located on the
floor near the left of the driver’s seat, to release the
trunk lid.
Theft
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.
Although your vehicle has a number of theft-deterrent
features, we know that nothing we put on it can make it
impossible to steal. However, there are ways you
can help.
2-8
yellowblue
Key in the Ignition
If you leave your vehicle with the keys inside, it’s an
easy target for joy riders or professional thieves -- so
don’t do it.
When you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door,
you’ll hear a tone reminding you to remove your key from
the ignition and take it with you. Always do this. Your
steering wheel will be locked, and so will your ignition. If
you take the key with you, and you have an automatic
transaxle, it will be locked. And remember to lock the doors.
Parking at Night
Park in a lighted spot, close all windows and lock your
vehicle. Remember to keep your valuables out of sight.
Put them in a storage area, or take them with you.
Parking Lots
If you park in a lot where someone will be watching
your vehicle, it’s best to lock it up and take your keys.
But what if you have to leave your key?
New Vehicle “Break-In”
NOTICE:
Your vehicle doesn’t need an elaborate
“break-in.” But it will perform better in the long
run if you follow these guidelines:
D Don’t drive at any one speed -- fast or
slow -- for the first 500 miles (805 km).
Don’t make full-throttle starts.
D Avoid making hard stops for the first
200 miles (322 km) or so. During this time
your new brake linings aren’t yet broken
in. Hard stops with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier replacement.
Follow this breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake linings.
D If possible, park in a busy, well lit area.
D Put your valuables in a storage area, like your trunk or
glove box. Be sure to close and lock the storage area.
D Close all windows.
D Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
2-9
yellowblue
If you have an automatic transaxle, the ignition switch
can’t be turned to LOCK unless the shift lever is in the
PARK (P) position.
Ignition Positions
CAUTION:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition
key is dangerous for many reasons. A child or
others could be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate controls or even make the
vehicle move. Don’t leave the keys in the vehicle
with children.
With the key in the ignition
switch, you can turn the
switch to four positions.
ACC (ACCESSORY) (B): In this position, you can
operate some of your electrical power accessories. It
unlocks the steering wheel and ignition. Use this
position if your vehicle must be pushed or towed.
ON (C): This is the position to which the switch returns
after you start your engine and release the switch. The
switch stays in the ON position when the engine is
running. But even when the engine is not running, you
can use ON to operate your electrical power accessories
(including the heater) and to display some instrument
panel warning lights.
START (D): This position starts the engine. When the
engine starts, release the key. The ignition switch will
return to ON for normal driving.
Note that even if the engine is not running, ACC and
ON are on positions that allow you to operate your
electrical accessories, such as the radio.
LOCK (A): This is the only position in which you can
remove the key. This locks your steering wheel, ignition
and automatic transaxle. Press in on the key as you turn
it toward you to LOCK.
2-10
A warning tone will sound if you open the driver’s door
when the ignition is in ACC or LOCK and the key is in
the ignition.
yellowblue
CAUTION:
On manual transaxle vehicles, turning the key to
LOCK will lock the steering column and result in
a loss of ability to steer the vehicle. This could
cause a collision. If you need to turn the engine
off while the vehicle is moving, turn the key only
to ACC. Don’t push the key in while the vehicle
is moving.
NOTICE:
If your key seems stuck in LOCK and you can’t
turn it, be sure you are using the correct key; if
so, is it all the way in? If it is, then turn the
steering wheel left and right while you turn the
key hard. But turn the key only with your hand.
Using a tool to force it could break the key or the
ignition switch. If none of this works, then your
vehicle needs service.
Starting Your Engine
Automatic Transaxle
Move your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).
Your engine won’t start in any other position -- that’s a
safety feature. To restart when you’re already moving,
use NEUTRAL (N) only.
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift to PARK (P) if your Chevrolet
is moving. If you do, you could damage the
transaxle. Shift to PARK (P) only when your
vehicle is stopped.
Manual Transaxle
The gear selector should be in NEUTRAL and the
parking brake engaged. Hold the clutch pedal to the
floor and start the engine. Your vehicle won’t start if
the clutch pedal is not all the way down -- that’s a
safety feature.
2-11
yellowblue
Starting Your Engine
For cold and warm engines -1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal, turn your
ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let
go of the key. The idle speed will go down as your
engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
Holding your key in START for longer than
15 seconds at a time will cause your battery to be
drained much sooner. And the excessive heat can
damage your starter motor. Wait about
15 seconds between each try to help avoid
draining your battery or damaging your starter.
2. If it doesn’t start within three seconds, push the
accelerator pedal one-third of the way down and
hold it there while you turn your key to START.
When the engine starts, let go of the key and release
the pedal. Wait about 15 seconds between each try to
help avoid draining your battery or damaging
your starter.
2-12
3. If your engine still won’t start (or starts but then
stops), it could be flooded with too much gasoline.
Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to the
floor and holding it there as you hold the key in
START for about three seconds. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do the same thing, but
this time keep the pedal down for five or six seconds.
This clears the extra gasoline from the engine.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with the
electronics in your vehicle. If you add electrical
parts or accessories, you could change the way
the engine operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your dealer. If you don’t,
your engine might not perform properly.
If you ever have to have your vehicle towed, see
the part of this manual that tells how to do it
without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
yellowblue
Automatic Transaxle Operation
There are several different positions for your shift lever.
CAUTION:
It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the
shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is
running unless you have to. If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever to PARK (P).
See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
PARK (P): This locks your front wheels. It’s the best
position to use when you start your engine because your
vehicle can’t move easily.
2-13
yellowblue
Ensure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) before
starting the engine. Your vehicle has a Brake-Transaxle
Shift Interlock (BTSI). You have to fully apply your
regular brakes before you can shift from PARK (P)
when the ignition key is in ON. If you cannot shift out
of PARK (P), ease pressure on the shift lever -- push the
shift lever all the way into PARK (P) and release the
shift lever button as you maintain brake application.
Then press the shift lever button and move the shift
lever into the gear you wish. See “Shifting Out of
PARK (P)” in the Index.
REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.
NOTICE:
Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your vehicle is
moving forward could damage your transaxle.
Shift to REVERSE (R) only after your vehicle
is stopped.
To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow,
ice or sand without damaging your transaxle, see
“Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow” in the Index.
2-14
NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine doesn’t
connect with the wheels. To restart when you’re already
moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only. Also, use
NEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed.
CAUTION:
Shifting out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) while
your engine is “racing” (running at high speed) is
dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the
brake pedal, your vehicle could move very
rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or
objects. Don’t shift out of PARK (P) or
NEUTRAL (N) while your engine is racing.
NOTICE:
Damage to your transaxle caused by shifting out
of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) with the engine
racing isn’t covered by your warranty.
yellowblue
DRIVE (D): This position is for normal driving.
If you need more power for passing, and you’re:
D Going less than about 27 mph (43 km/h), push your
accelerator pedal about halfway down.
D Going about 27 mph (43 km/h) or more, push your
LOW (L): This position gives you even more power but
lower fuel economy than SECOND (2). You can use it
on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the
selector lever is put in LOW (L), the transaxle won’t
shift into low gear until the vehicle is going
slowly enough.
accelerator pedal all the way down.
You’ll shift down to the next gear and have more power.
SECOND (2): This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy. You can use SECOND (2) on hills.
It can help control your speed as you go down steep
mountain roads, but then you would also want to use
your brakes off and on.
NOTICE:
Don’t shift into SECOND (2) unless you are going
slower than 70 mph (112 km/h); or you can
damage your engine.
NOTICE:
If your front wheels can’t rotate, don’t try to
drive. This might happen if you were stuck in
very deep sand or mud or were up against a solid
object. You could damage your transaxle.
Also, if you stop when going uphill, don’t hold
your vehicle there with only the accelerator
pedal. This could overheat and damage the
transaxle. Use your brakes to hold your vehicle in
position on a hill.
2-15
yellowblue
Manual Transaxle Operation
5-Speed
You can shift into FIRST (1) when you’re going less
than 20 mph (32 km/h). If you’ve come to a complete
stop and it’s hard to shift into FIRST (1), put the shift
lever in NEUTRAL (N) and let up on the clutch. Press
the clutch pedal back down. Then shift into FIRST (1).
SECOND (2): Press the clutch pedal as you let up on
the accelerator pedal and shift into SECOND (2). Then,
slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you press the
accelerator pedal.
THIRD, FOURTH, FIFTH (3, 4, 5): Shift into
THIRD (3), FOURTH (4) and FIFTH (5) the same way
you do for SECOND (2). Slowly let up on the clutch
pedal as you press the accelerator pedal.
To stop, let up on the accelerator pedal and press the
brake pedal. Just before the vehicle stops, press the
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and shift to
NEUTRAL (N).
The top of your manual transaxle shift lever shows you
your shift pattern. Here’s how to operate your transaxle:
NEUTRAL (N): Use this position when you start or
idle your engine.
FIRST (1): Press the clutch pedal and shift into
FIRST (1). Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as
you press the accelerator pedal.
REVERSE (R): To back up, press down the clutch
pedal and shift into REVERSE (R). Let up on the clutch
pedal slowly while pressing the accelerator pedal.
2-16
yellowblue
You cannot go directly from FIFTH (5) into
REVERSE (R). If you try, you will be locked out. You
must first shift into NEUTRAL (N), move the lever to
the left, back to the right, and then shift into
REVERSE (R). This is a safety feature.
NOTICE:
Shift to REVERSE (R) only after your vehicle is
stopped. Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your
vehicle is moving could damage your transaxle.
Also, use REVERSE (R) along with the parking brake
for parking your vehicle.
Shift Speeds
Shift Light (United States Only)
If you have a manual
transaxle, you have a shift
light. This light will show
you when to shift to the
next higher gear for best
fuel economy.
When this light comes on, you should shift to the next
higher gear if weather, road and traffic conditions let
you. For best fuel economy, accelerate slowly and shift
when the light comes on.
While you accelerate, it is normal for the light to go on
and off if you quickly change the position of the
accelerator. Ignore the shift light when you downshift.
CAUTION:
If you skip more than one gear when you
downshift, you could lose control of your vehicle.
You could injure yourself or others. Don’t shift
down more than one gear at a time when
you downshift.
2-17
yellowblue
Parking Brake
The parking brake is located between the seats. To set
the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down and pull
up on the parking brake lever. If the ignition is on, the
brake system warning light will come on.
To release the parking brake, hold the brake pedal down.
Pull the parking brake lever up until you can press the
release button. Hold the release button in as you move
the lever all the way down.
NOTICE:
Driving with the parking brake on can cause
your rear brakes to overheat. You may have to
replace them, and you could also damage other
parts of your vehicle.
2-18
yellowblue
Shifting Into PARK (P)
(Automatic Transaxle Only)
CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll. If
you have left the engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others could be injured.
To be sure your vehicle won’t move, even when
you’re on fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow.
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and
set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) by holding in the
button on the lever and pushing the lever all the way
toward the front of your vehicle.
3. Turn the ignition key to LOCK.
4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can
leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).
2-19
yellowblue
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine
Running (Automatic Transaxle Only)
CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the
engine running. Your vehicle could move
suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P)
with the parking brake firmly set. And, if you
leave the vehicle with the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You or others could
be injured. Don’t leave your vehicle with the
engine running unless you have to.
2-20
Torque Lock (Automatic Transaxle)
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t shift your
transaxle into PARK (P) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in
the transaxle. You may find it difficult to pull the shift
lever out of PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.” To
prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift
into PARK (P) properly before you leave the driver’s
seat. To find out how, see “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in
the Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) before you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another
vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the
pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle, so you
can pull the shift lever out of PARK (P).
yellowblue
Shifting Out of PARK (P)
(Automatic Transaxle Only)
CAUTION:
Before shifting out of PARK (P) you must fully
apply your regular brakes. Your vehicle can roll. If
you have left the engine running, the vehicle can
move suddenly. You or others could be injured.
2. Set the parking brake.
3. Turn the ignition key to ON.
4. Find the access hole cover on the driver’s side of
the console, near the shift lever.
5. Remove the screw and cover with a screwdriver.
Inside you’ll see a lock cam.
6. Using the screwdriver, move the lock cam forward
until the pin is free and hold the cam there. Move
the shift lever into NEUTRAL (N) while holding
the cam forward.
7. Firmly apply and hold the brake pedal.
Your vehicle has a Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock
(BTSI). You have to fully apply your regular brakes
before you can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition
key is in ON. See “Automatic Transaxle Operation” in
the Index.
If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure on
the shift lever -- push the shift lever all the way into
PARK (P) and release the shift lever button as you
maintain brake application. Then press the shift lever
button and move the shift lever into the gear you wish.
If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still can’t
shift out of PARK (P), try this:
8. Start the engine.
9. Move the shift lever into the gear you want.
10. Release the parking brake.
11. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.
Parking Your Vehicle
(Manual Transaxle Models Only)
Before you get out of your vehicle, put your manual
transaxle in REVERSE (R) and firmly apply the
parking brake.
1. Turn off the engine (if started).
2-21
yellowblue
Parking Over Things That Burn
Engine Exhaust
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust
parts under your vehicle and ignite. Don’t park
over papers, leaves, dry grass or other things that
can burn.
2-22
Engine exhaust can kill. It contains the gas
carbon monoxide (CO), which you can’t see or
smell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in if:
D Your exhaust system sounds strange
or different.
D Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
D Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.
D Your vehicle was damaged when driving
over high points on the road or over
road debris.
D Repairs weren’t done correctly.
D Your vehicle or exhaust system had been
modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into
your vehicle:
D Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out any CO; and
D Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
yellowblue
Running Your Engine While You’re
Parked (Automatic Transaxle)
It’s better not to park with the engine running. But if you
ever have to, here are some things to know.
CAUTION:
Idling the engine with the climate control system
off could allow dangerous exhaust into your
vehicle (see the earlier Caution under
“Engine Exhaust”).
Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadly
carbon monoxide (CO) into your vehicle even if
the fan switch is at the highest setting. One place
this can happen is a garage. Exhaust -- with
CO -- can come in easily. NEVER park in a
garage with the engine running.
Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. (See
“Blizzard” in the Index.)
CAUTION:
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if
the shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with the
parking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.
Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is
running unless you have to. If you’ve left the
engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure your
vehicle won’t move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake and
move the shift lever to PARK (P).
Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle won’t
move. See “Shifting Into PARK (P)” in the Index.
Windows
Manual Windows
Use the window crank to open and close each
door window.
2-23
yellowblue
Horn
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
Your can sound the horn by pressing one of the horn
symbols on your steering wheel.
The turn signal has two upward (for right) and two
downward (for left) positions. These positions allow you
to signal a turn or a lane change.
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or
down. When the turn is finished, the lever will
return automatically.
An arrow on the instrument
panel will flash in the
direction of the turn or
lane change.
The lever on the left side of the steering column
includes your:
D Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
D Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
D Flash-to-Pass
2-24
To signal a lane change, just raise or lower the lever
until the arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until you
complete your lane change. The lever will return by
itself when you release it.
As you signal a turn or a lane change, if the arrows don’t
flash but just stay on, a signal bulb may be burned out
and other drivers won’t see your turn signal.
If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid an
accident. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you
signal a turn, check for burned-out bulbs and check the
fuse (see “Fuses and Circuit Breakers” in the Index).
yellowblue
Headlamp High/Low Beam Changer
Windshield Wipers
To change the headlamps from low beam to high or high
beam to low, push the turn signal away from you. To
switch back to low beams, pull the lever toward you.
When the high beams are
on, this light on the
instrument panel also will
be on. It will go off when
you switch to the
low beams.
Flash-to-Pass
This feature lets you use your high-beam headlamps to
signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass.
To use it, pull the turn signal/multifunction lever toward
you until the high-beam headlamps come on, then
release the lever to turn them off.
You control the windshield wipers by moving the stalk
with the windshield wiper symbol on it up or down.
For steady wiping at low speed, move the stalk down to
LO. For high-speed wiping, move the stalk down to HI.
To stop the wipers, move the stalk to OFF.
If your vehicle is equipped with intermittent wipers, you
can use this function by moving the stalk to INT. In light
rain or snow, you might want to use this position rather
than continuous wiping.
2-25
yellowblue
Remember that damaged wiper blades may prevent you
from seeing well enough to drive safely. To avoid damage,
be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before
using them. If they’re frozen to the windshield, carefully
loosen or thaw them. If your blades do become damaged,
get new blades or blade inserts.
Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers. A circuit
breaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clear away
snow or ice to prevent an overload.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer (If Equipped)
If you have this option on
your two-door model, push
the upper button to turn on
your rear wiper. Push the
same button again to turn
it off.
Windshield Washer
To wash your windshield, pull the stalk with the washer
symbol on it toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield. The spray will continue until you release the
lever. If your vehicle is equipped with intermittent
wipers, your windshield wipers will cycle a few times.
See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index.
CAUTION:
In freezing weather, don’t use your washer until
the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking
your vision.
2-26
To wash and wipe at the same time, push the lower
washer button all the way in.
The washer and wiper will run as long as you hold it.
To add washer fluid, see “Windshield Washer Fluid” in
the Index.
yellowblue
Exterior Lamps
Lamps On Reminder
Headlamps
If you turn the ignition off and leave the lamps on,
you’ll hear a tone when you open the driver’s door.
Daytime Running Lamps
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier for
others to see the front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different driving
conditions, but they can be especially helpful in the
short periods after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will make your low-beam headlamps
come on at a reduced brightness when:
Turn the outside part of the turn signal/multifunction
lever to control the lamps.
OFF: All lamps are off.
: This position will turn on the following lamps:
D
D
D
D
Parking Lamps
Sidemarker Lamps
D The ignition is on,
D The headlamp switch is off and
D The parking brake is released.
When you turn on the headlamp switch, your DRL will
go out and your headlamps will come on.
The other lamps that come on with your headlamps will
also come on.
Taillamps
Instrument Panel Lamps
: This position will turn on the lamps listed above,
as well as the headlamps.
2-27
yellowblue
When you turn off the headlamp switch, the regular
lamps will go off and your low-beam headlamps will
come on at the reduced brightness of DRL.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set the parking
brake. The DRL will stay off until you release the
parking brake.
As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regular
headlamp system when you need it.
Dome Lamp
The dome lamp is located between the sun visors on
the two-door model, and in the center of the roof on
the four-door model. The dome lamp has a
three-position switch.
OFF: The lamp stays off even when the driver’s door
is open.
Interior Lamps
CENTER: The lamp comes on when the driver’s door
is opened.
Instrument Panel Brightness Control
ON: The lamp comes on and stays on whether or not a
door is open.
This knob controls the
brightness of your
instrument panel lights.
Turn the knob clockwise to
brighten the lights or
counterclockwise to
dim them.
Mirrors
Inside Day/Night Rearview Mirror
An inside rearview mirror is attached above your
windshield. The mirror has a pivot so that you can adjust
it up and down or side to side.
You can adjust the mirror for day or night driving. Pull
the tab toward you for night driving to reduce glare.
Push the tab away from you for daytime driving.
2-28
yellowblue
Outside Manual Adjust Mirror
Convex Outside Mirror
Adjust the outside mirrors by hand so that you can just
see the side of your vehicle when you are sitting in a
comfortable driving position.
Your passenger’s side mirror is convex. A convex
mirror’s surface is curved so you can see more from the
driver’s seat.
Manual Remote Control Mirror
CAUTION:
A convex mirror can make things (like other
vehicles) look farther away than they really are.
If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you
could hit a vehicle on your right. Check your
inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Storage Compartments
Glove Box
The outside rearview mirror should be adjusted so you
can just see the side of your vehicle when you are sitting
in a comfortable driving position.
Adjust the driver’s side outside mirror with the control
lever on the driver’s door. To adjust your passenger’s
side mirror, sit in the driver’s seat and have a passenger
adjust the mirror for you.
To open the glove box, pull the latch toward you.
Always keep the glove box door closed while driving.
Door Storage Pocket
Your driver and passenger doors have a
storage compartment.
2-29
yellowblue
Cupholder and Compartment
To remove the cargo cover:
1. Unhook the lifter lines from the hatchback lid.
To use the cupholder, pull it out until it stops. With cups
removed, push it back in to store. An open storage tray
is below the cupholder.
Cargo Cover (If Equipped)
If your two-door model has this option, the cargo cover
allows for hidden storage in the rear area of your
vehicle. The cover opens with the hatchback lid so you
can easily get things in and out. To carry larger items,
the cover can be removed and the rear seat can be
folded down.
2-30
2. Pull the cover gently toward you and then lift the
cover out of its retainers.
To store the cargo cover:
1. Fold the rear seatback down.
2. Place the cover horizontally between the front
seatbacks and the rear seat cushion.
yellowblue
CAUTION:
An improperly stored cargo cover could be
thrown about the vehicle during a collision or
sudden maneuver. You or others could be
injured. If you remove the cover, always store it
horizontally between the front seatbacks and rear
seat cushion. When you put it back, always be
sure that it is securely reattached.
To install the cargo cover:
1. Raise the rear seatback.
2. Place the cover into its retainers and slide it gently
away from you until it is secure.
3. Attach the lifter lines to the hatchback lid.
NOTICE:
Don’t put papers and other things that burn into
your ashtray. If you do, cigarettes or other smoking
materials could set them on fire, causing damage.
To use the lighter, push the lighter in all the way and let
go. When it’s ready, it will pop back by itself.
NOTICE:
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in with your hand
while it is heating. If you do, it won’t be able to
back away from the heating element when it’s
ready. That can make it overheat, damaging the
lighter and the heating element.
Ashtray and Cigarette Lighter
Sun Visors
Pull the door to open the ashtray. To remove it, press
down on the silver tab and pull the ashtray out.
To block out glare, you can swing down the visors.
You can also swing them to the side. If the visors swing
too easily, tighten the screw on the roof rail.
Your sun visors may have pockets. You can put light
items, such as a map, in the pockets.
2-31
yellowblue
The Instrument Panel -- Your Information System
2-32
yellowblue
1. Rear Window Wiper Switch (If Equipped)
13. Glove Box
2. Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever
14. Audio System
3. Air Vent
15. Cigarette Lighter
4. Brightness Control
16. Cupholder
5. Horn
17. Storage Compartment
6. Hazard Warning Flasher
18. Parking Brake Lever
7. Instrument Cluster
19. Transaxle Shift Lever
8. Ignition Switch
20. Ashtray
9. Windshield Wiper/Washer Lever
21. Fuse Block
10. Coinholder
22. Hood Release
11. Comfort Controls
23. Rear Window Defogger Switch
12. Side Defroster Vent
24. Rear Window Washer Switch (If Equipped)
2-33
yellowblue
Instrument Panel Cluster
Your instrument cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running. You’ll know how
fast you’re going, about how much fuel you’ve used, and many other things you’ll need to know to drive safely
and economically.
Standard Cluster
2-34
yellowblue
Optional Cluster
2-35
yellowblue
Speedometer and Odometer
Tachometer (If Equipped)
Your speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles
per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (km/h). Your
odometer shows how far your vehicle has been driven,
in either miles (used in the United States) or kilometers
(used in Canada).
The tachometer displays the
engine speed in revolutions
per minute (rpm).
You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs a
new odometer installed.
If the new one can be set to the mileage total of the old
odometer, then it must be. But if it can’t, then it’s set to
zero and a label must be put on the driver’s door to show
the old mileage reading when the new odometer
was installed.
Trip Odometer (If Equipped)
Your vehicle may be equipped with a trip odometer. The
trip odometer can tell you how far your vehicle has been
driven since you last set the trip odometer to zero.
To reset the trip odometer to zero, press the knob located
to the right of the speedometer.
2-36
NOTICE:
Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in
the red area, or engine damage may occur.
yellowblue
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
Safety Belt Reminder Light
This part describes the warning lights and gages that may
be on your vehicle. The pictures will help you locate them.
When the key is turned to ON or START, a tone will
come on for about eight seconds to remind people to
fasten their safety belts, unless the driver’s safety belt is
already buckled.
Warning lights and gages can signal that something is
wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an
expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also save you or
others from injury.
Warning lights come on when there may be or is a
problem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you will
see in the details on the next few pages, some warning
lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let
you know they’re working. If you are familiar with this
section, you should not be alarmed when this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problem
with one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gages and
warning lights work together to let you know when
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on
when you are driving, or when one of the gages shows
there may be a problem, check the section that tells you
what to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.
Waiting to do repairs can be costly -- and even
dangerous. So please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’re a big help.
The safety belt light will
also come on and stay on
until the driver’s belt
is buckled.
Air Bag Readiness Light
There is an air bag readiness light on the instrument
panel, which shows AIR BAG. The system checks the
air bag’s electrical system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical problem. The system
check includes the air bag sensors, the air bag modules,
the wiring and the crash sensing and diagnostic module.
For more information on the air bag system, see “Air
Bag” in the Index.
2-37
yellowblue
This light will come on
when you start your engine,
and it will flash for a few
seconds. Then the light
should go out. This means
the system is ready.
If the air bag readiness light stays on after you start the
engine or comes on when you are driving, your air bag
system may not work properly. Have your vehicle
serviced right away.
The air bag readiness light should flash for a few
seconds when you turn the ignition key to ON. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.
Charging System Light
This light will come on
briefly when you turn the
ignition to ON or START,
but when the engine is not
running, as a check to show
you it is working.
2-38
Then it should go out when the engine starts.
If it stays on, or comes on while you are driving, you
may have a problem with the electrical charging system.
It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive
belt or another electrical problem. Have it checked right
away. Driving while this light is on could drain
your battery.
If you must drive a short distance with the charging
system light on, be certain to turn off all your
accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner.
Shift Light (Manual Transaxle)
This light comes on when
you need to shift to the next
higher gear. See “Manual
Transaxle” in the Index.
yellowblue
Brake System Warning Light
Your vehicle’s hydraulic brake system is divided into
two parts. If one part isn’t working, the other part can
still work and stop you. For good braking, though, you
need both parts working well.
If the warning light comes on, there is a brake problem.
Have your brake system inspected right away.
If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off the
road and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to the floor.
It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. (See “Anti-Lock Brake
System Warning Light” and “Towing Your Vehicle” in
the Index.)
CAUTION:
United States
Canada
This light should come on when you turn the key to
START. If it doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there’s a problem.
Your brake system may not be working properly
if the brake system warning light is on. Driving
with the brake system warning light on can lead
to an accident. If the light is still on after you’ve
pulled off the road and stopped carefully, have
the vehicle towed for service.
When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light
will also come on when you set your parking brake. The
light will stay on if your parking brake doesn’t release
fully. If it stays on after your parking brake is fully
released, it means you have a brake problem.
2-39
yellowblue
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light
(Option)
With the anti-lock brake
system, this light will come
on when you start your
engine and it will stay on
for three seconds.
That’s normal.
If the light comes on when you’re driving, you don’t
have anti-lock brakes and there could be a problem with
your regular brakes. Pull off the road and stop carefully.
You may notice that the pedal is harder to push. Or, the
pedal may go closer to the floor. It may take longer to
stop. Have the vehicle towed for service. (See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.)
CAUTION:
Your regular brake system may not be working
properly if the anti-lock brake system warning
light is on. Driving with the anti-lock brake
system warning light on can lead to an accident.
After you’ve pulled off the road and stopped
carefully, have the vehicle towed for service.
If the anti-lock brake system warning light stays on
longer than normal after you’ve started your engine, turn
the ignition off. Or, if the light comes on and stays on
when you’re driving, stop as soon as possible and turn
the ignition off. Then start the engine again to reset the
system. If the light still stays on, or comes on again
while you’re driving, your vehicle needs service. If the
light is on and the regular brake system warning light
isn’t on, you still have brakes, but you don’t have
anti-lock brakes.
The anti-lock brake system warning light should come
on briefly when you turn the ignition key to ON. If the
light doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be
ready to warn you if there is a problem.
2-40
yellowblue
Anti-Lock Brake System Active Light
(Option)
Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
the anti-lock brake system
active light will come on.
Slippery road conditions may exist if this light comes
on, so adjust your driving accordingly. The light will
stay on for a few seconds after the system stops
adjusting brake pressure.
The anti-lock brake system active light also comes on
briefly when you turn the ignition key to ON. If the light
doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it will be there to
tell you when the system is active.
Standard Cluster
Optional Cluster
This gage shows the engine coolant temperature. If the
gage pointer moves to the HOT (H) side of the band,
your engine is too hot! It means that your engine coolant
has overheated and you should stop your vehicle and
turn off the engine as soon as possible.
In “Problems on the Road,” this manual shows what to
do. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index.
2-41
yellowblue
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service
Engine Soon Light)
Your vehicle is equipped
with a computer which
monitors operation of the
fuel, ignition and emission
control systems.
This system is called OBD II (On-Board
Diagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended to
assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life
of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleaner
environment. The SERVICE ENGINE SOON light
comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service
is required. Malfunctions often will be indicated by the
system before any problem is apparent. This may
prevent more serious damage to your vehicle. This
system is also designed to assist your service technician
in correctly diagnosing any malfunction.
2-42
NOTICE:
If you keep driving your vehicle with this light
on, after a while, your emission controls may not
work as well, your fuel economy may not be as
good and your engine may not run as smoothly.
This could lead to costly repairs that may not be
covered by your warranty.
NOTICE:
Modifications made to the engine, transaxle,
exhaust or fuel system of your vehicle or the
replacement of the original tires with other than
those of the same Tire Performance Criteria
(TPC) can affect your vehicle’s emission controls
and may cause the SERVICE ENGINE SOON
light to come on. Modifications to these systems
could lead to costly repairs not covered by your
warranty. This may also result in a failure to pass
a required Emission Inspection/Maintenance test.
yellowblue
This light should come on, as a check to show you it is
working, when the ignition is on and the engine is not
running. If the light doesn’t come on, have it repaired.
This light will also come on during a malfunction in one
of two ways:
D Light Flashing -- A misfire condition has been
detected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions and
may damage the emission control system on your
vehicle. Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis
and service may be required.
D Light On Steady -- An emission control system
malfunction has been detected on your vehicle.
Dealer or qualified service center diagnosis and
service may be required.
If the Light Is Flashing
The following may prevent more serious damage to
your vehicle:
D
D
D
D
Reducing vehicle speed.
Avoiding hard accelerations.
Avoiding steep uphill grades.
If the light stops flashing and remains on steady,
see “If the Light Is On Steady” following.
If the light continues to flash, when it is safe to do so,
stop the vehicle. Find a safe place to park your vehicle.
Turn the key off, wait at least 10 seconds and restart the
engine. If the light remains on steady, see “If the Light
Is On Steady” following. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps, and drive the vehicle to your
dealer or qualified service center for service.
If the Light Is On Steady
You may be able to correct the emission system
malfunction by considering the following:
Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle?
If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure to fully install
the cap. See “Filling Your Tank” in the Index. The
diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been
left off or improperly installed. A loose or missing fuel
cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A
few driving trips with the cap properly installed should
turn the light off.
Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water?
If you are towing a trailer, reduce the amount of
cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible.
2-43
yellowblue
If so, your electrical system may be wet. The condition
will usually be corrected when the electrical system
dries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.
If you experience one or more of these conditions,
change the fuel brand you use. It will require at least one
full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off.
Are you low on fuel?
If none of the above steps have made the light turn off,
have your dealer or qualified service center check the
vehicle. Your dealer has the proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical
problems that may have developed.
As your engine starts to run out of fuel, your engine may
not run as efficiently as designed since small amounts of
air are sucked into the fuel line causing a misfire. The
system can detect this. Adding fuel should correct this
condition. Make sure to install the fuel cap properly. See
“Filling Your Tank” in the Index. It will take a few
driving trips to turn the light off.
Have you recently changed brands of fuel?
If so, be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel (see
“Fuel” in the Index). Poor fuel quality will cause your
engine not to run as efficiently as designed. You may
notice this as stalling after start-up, stalling when you
put the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitation on
acceleration or stumbling on acceleration. (These
conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up.)
This will be detected by the system and cause the light
to turn on.
2-44
Oil Pressure Light
If you have a problem with
your oil pressure this light
may stay on after you start
your engine, or come on
when you are driving.
This indicates that there is not enough pressure to keep
your engine properly lubricated and cool. The engine
could be low on oil, or have some other oil problem.
Have it fixed right away.
yellowblue
The oil light could also come on in three other situations:
D When the ignition is on but the engine is not running,
the light will come on as a test to show you it is
working. If it doesn’t come on with the ignition on,
you may have a problem with the fuse or bulb. Have
it fixed right away.
NOTICE:
Damage to your engine from neglected oil
problems can be costly and is not covered
by your warranty.
D Sometimes when the engine is idling at a stop, the
light may blink on and off. This is normal.
D If you make a hard stop, the light may come on for a
moment. This is normal.
CAUTION:
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
Indicator Light
You will have this light on
the instrument panel. It goes
on whenever the daytime
running lamps are on.
Don’t keep driving if the oil pressure is low. If
you do, your engine can become so hot that it
catches fire. You or others could be burned.
Check your oil as soon as possible and have your
vehicle serviced.
2-45
yellowblue
Here are four concerns some owners have had about the
fuel gage. All of these situations are normal and do not
indicate that anything is wrong with the fuel gage.
Fuel Gage
D At the gas station, the gas pump shuts off before the
gage reads F (full).
D It takes more (or less) gas to fill up than the gage
reads. For example the gage reads half full, but it
took more (or less) than half of the tank’s capacity to
fill it.
D The gage moves a little when you turn, stop or
speed up.
Standard Cluster
Optional Cluster
D When you turn the engine off, the gage doesn’t go
back to E (empty).
Your fuel gage shows about how much fuel is in your
tank. When the gage first indicates E (empty), you still
have a little fuel left (about 1 or 2 gallons (3.8 or 7.6L),
but you need to get more right away.
2-46
yellowblue
✍
NOTES
2-47
yellowblue
✍
2-48
NOTES
yellowblue
Section 3 Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
In this section, you’ll find out how to operate the comfort control and audio systems offered with your vehicle. Be
sure to read about the particular systems supplied with your vehicle.
3-2
3-2
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-4
3-6
3-6
3-6
Comfort Controls
Climate Control System
Air Conditioner Controls (If Equipped)
Heating
Defogging and Defrosting
Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped)
Ventilation System
Audio Systems
Setting the Clock
AM-FM Stereo (If Equipped)
3-8
3-11
3-15
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-17
3-17
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player and
Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player and
Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
Understanding Radio Reception
Tips About Your Audio System
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
Care of Your Compact Discs
Care of Your Compact Disc Player
Antenna (If Equipped)
3-
3-1
yellowblue
Comfort Controls
With this system, you can control the heating and
ventilation in your vehicle. If you have the air
conditioning option, you can also control cooling.
Your vehicle also has the flow-through ventilation
system described later in this section.
Climate Control System
FLOOR: This position directs air toward the floor.
DEFOG: This position directs air toward the
floor, the windshield and side windows.
DEFROST: This position directs air to the
windshield and side windows.
Fan Control Lever
Slide the lever away from OFF to turn the system on.
Move the lever toward the fan symbol to increase the
fan’s speed.
Temperature Control Lever
Slide the lever to change the temperature of the air
flowing from the system. Move it to the right for
warmer air and to the left for cooler air. Without
optional air conditioning, the air temperature can’t be
less than the outside air temperature.
Airflow Lever
VENT: This position directs the airflow through
the instrument panel vents.
BI-LEVEL: This position directs air through the
instrument panel vents and toward the floor.
3-2
Air Intake Lever
CIRCULATE: Choose this position to circulate
outside air through the comfort control system.
RECIRCULATE: Choose this position to
recirculate the inside air through the comfort
control system.
yellowblue
Air Conditioner Controls (If Equipped)
The air conditioning system
uses the same controls as
described previously. The
function of each lever is
explained under “Climate
Control System” in this
part. The incoming air is
cooled and dehumidified
instead of being heated.
Push the A/C button to change your comfort control
system from heating to air conditioning. A light will
come on when the air conditioning is on. The A/C
button can also control the humidity in your vehicle.
The air conditioner works best if you keep your
windows closed. On very hot days, open the windows
just long enough for the hot air to escape.
For normal cooling, push the A/C button and move the
air intake lever to CIRCULATE. For faster cooling,
move the lever to RECIRCULATE. Then move the
airflow lever to VENT, the temperature control lever
toward the left and the fan control lever toward the
fan symbol.
On days when it is raining or the humidity is high,
follow these dehumidifying steps to help clean windows
that are cloudy with moisture. Push the A/C button.
Move the air intake lever to CIRCULATE. Move the
airflow lever to DEFROST and the fan control lever
toward the fan symbol. Adjust the temperature control
lever to a comfortable setting.
Heating
For the quickest results, move the air intake lever to
RECIRCULATE. Move the airflow lever to FLOOR, the
temperature control lever toward the right for warmer
air and the fan control lever toward the fan symbol. You
should switch to CIRCULATE once in a while to avoid
stale air and cloudy windows.
3-3
yellowblue
Defogging and Defrosting
Slide the air intake lever to CIRCULATE and the
airflow lever to DEFROST to direct air to the
windshield vents. Then slide the temperature control
lever toward the right and the fan control lever toward
the fan symbol. When the windshield is clear, turn down
the fan speed.
Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped)
The rear window defogger
uses a warming grid to
remove fog from the
rear window.
Press the switch to turn on the defogger. Press the switch
again to turn the defogger off. The rear window
defogger will also turn off if you turn the ignition switch
to ACC or LOCK, but will turn back on when the
ignition is turned back to ON.
Do not attach anything like a temporary vehicle license
or a decal across the defogger grid on the rear window.
NOTICE:
Don’t use a razor blade or something else sharp
on the inside of the rear window. If you do, you
could cut or damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
Ventilation System
For mild outside temperatures, when little heating or
cooling is needed, you can still direct outside air through
your vehicle.
Move the air intake lever to CIRCULATE and the
airflow lever to BI-LEVEL. Adjust the temperature
lever to a comfortable setting and move the fan control
lever toward the fan symbol.
3-4
yellowblue
Your vehicle’s flow-through ventilation system supplies
outside air into the vehicle when it is moving. Outside
air will also enter the car when the fan is running and
the air intake lever is at CIRCULATE.
Ventilation Tips
D Keep the hood and front air inlet free of ice, snow or
any other obstruction (such as leaves). The heater
and defroster will work far better, reducing the
chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
D When you enter a car in cold weather, move the fan
control lever toward the fan symbol for a few
moments before driving off. This helps clear the
intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the
chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
D Keep the air path under the front seats clear of
objects. This helps air to circulate throughout
your vehicle.
Your vehicle has air outlets that allow you to adjust the
direction and amount of airflow inside the vehicle.
Move the outlet from side to side or up and down to
direct airflow to your preference. Increase or reduce the
amount of airflow by opening and closing the louvers.
3-5
yellowblue
Audio Systems
AM-FM Stereo (If Equipped)
Your Delco Electronics audio system has been designed
to operate easily and give years of listening pleasure.
You will get the most enjoyment out of it if you acquaint
yourself with it first. Find out what your Delco
Electronics system can do and how to operate all its
controls, to be sure you’re getting the most out of the
advanced engineering that went into it.
Setting the Clock
Press and hold RECALL (TIME SET) to set the correct
hour. At the same time, press and hold the TUNE left
arrow (H) until the correct hour appears.
Press and hold RECALL (TIME SET) to set the correct
minute. At the same time, press and hold the TUNE
right arrow (M) until the correct minute appears.
Playing the Radio
PWR-VOLUME: This knob turns the system on and
off and controls the volume. To increase volume and
turn the radio on, turn the knob clockwise. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease volume.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
pressing this button. When the radio is playing, press
this button to recall the station frequency.
3-6
yellowblue
Finding a Station
Setting the Tone
AM·FM: Press this button to switch between AM and
FM. The display shows your selection.
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase bass and counterclockwise to
decrease bass.
TUNE: Press the right or left arrows to go to a higher or
lower station. Press and hold to continue tuning and
release when you find your station. The display will
show the frequency of each station tuned.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the next
higher or lower station and stay there.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons let
you return to your previously played stations. You can
set up to 12 stations (six AM and six FM). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM·FM to select the band.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press one of the six pushbuttons for at least two
seconds. The sound will mute and then return when
the station is stored. Whenever you press that
numbered button, the station you set will return.
5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase treble and counterclockwise
to decrease treble. If a station is weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Then pull the
knob all the way out. Turn the knob clockwise for the
right speakers and counterclockwise for the left
speakers. The middle position balances the sound
between the speakers.
FADE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Then pull
the knob all the way out. Turn the knob clockwise to
adjust the sound to the rear speakers and
counterclockwise for the front speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
3-7
yellowblue
AM-FM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player
and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
Finding a Station
AM·FM: Press this button to switch between AM, FM1
and FM2. The display shows your selection.
TUNE: Press the right or left arrows to go to a higher or
lower station. Press and hold to continue tuning and
release when you find your station. The display will
show the frequency of each station tuned.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the next
higher or lower station and stay there.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons
let you return to your previously played stations. You
can set up to 18 stations (six AM, six FM1 and six
FM2). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM·FM to select the band.
Playing the Radio
3. Tune in the desired station.
PWR-VOLUME: This knob turns the system on and
off and controls the volume. To increase volume and
turn the radio on, turn the knob clockwise. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease volume.
4. Press one of the six pushbuttons for at least two
seconds. The sound will mute and then return when
the station is stored. Whenever you press that
numbered button, the station you set will return.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
pressing this button. When the radio is playing, press
this button to recall the station frequency.
3-8
5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
yellowblue
Setting the Tone
Adjusting the Speakers
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase bass and counterclockwise to
decrease bass.
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Then pull the
knob all the way out. Turn the knob clockwise for the
right speakers and counterclockwise for the left
speakers. The middle position balances the sound
between the speakers.
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase treble and counterclockwise
to decrease treble. If a station is weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
TONE: Press this button to choose preset bass and
treble equalization settings designed for ROCK, NEWS,
POP, JAZZ and CLASSIC. ROCK will appear when
you first press TONE. Each time you press it, another
setting will appear on the display. If you press it one
more time, after CLASSIC appears on the display, tone
control will be back to the BASS and TREB knobs.
FADE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Then pull
the knob all the way out. Turn the knob clockwise to
adjust the sound to the rear speakers and
counterclockwise for the front speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
3-9
yellowblue
Playing a Cassette Tape
With the ignition and radio on, insert a cassette tape.
The tape will begin playing as soon as it is inserted.
Press EJECT or RECALL to load a tape with the
ignition off. Then insert the cassette tape. A tape symbol
is shown in the center of the graphic display whenever a
tape is inserted. When a tape is active, the tape symbol
will be accompanied by a direction arrow.
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
up to 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapes longer
than that are so thin they may not work well in this player.
The longer side with the tape visible should face to the
right. If you hear nothing or hear just a garbled sound, it
may not be in squarely. Press EJECT to remove the tape
and start over.
While the tape is playing, use the VOLUME, FADE,
BAL, TREB, BASS and TONE controls just as you do for
the radio. The display will show an arrow to show which
side of the tape is playing. When the down indicator arrow
is lit, selections listed on the bottom side of the cassette are
playing. When the up arrow is lit, selections listed on the
top side of the cassette are playing.
REV (TUNE): Press the left arrows to reverse the tape
rapidly. Press REV (TUNE) or TAPE to return to
playing speed.
3-10
FWD (TUNE): Press the right arrows to advance
rapidly to another part of the tape. Press FWD (TUNE)
or TAPE to return to playing speed.
PREV (SEEK): Press the left arrow to go to the start of
the current selection if more than eight seconds have
played. If you hold the button or press it more than once,
the player will continue moving back through the tape.
Press the left arrow or TAPE to return to playing speed.
NEXT (SEEK): Press the right arrow to go to the start
of the next selection if more than eight seconds have
played. If you hold the button or press it more than once,
the player will continue moving forward through the
tape. Press the right arrow or TAPE to return to
playing speed.
D
(2): Press this button to reduce background noise
from tapes encoded with Dolby NR.
Dolby Noise Reduction is manufactured under a license
from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. Dolby
and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories Licensing Corporation.
MTL: Your bias is set automatically. MTL will appear
on your display when a metal or chrome tape is inserted.
AM·FM: Press this button to play the radio when a tape
is playing.
yellowblue
TAPE: With a tape loaded in the player and the radio
playing, press this button once to play the tape. To
switch from the tape to the radio when the tape is
playing, press the AM·FM button. Press this button to
switch from one side of the tape to the other. Your
cassette tape player can play continuously because the
player has an auto-reverse feature.
AM-FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player
and Automatic Tone Control (If Equipped)
EJECT: Press this button to remove the tape. The radio
will play.
CLEAN: If this message appears on the display, the
cassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It will still play
tapes, but you should clean it as soon as possible to
prevent damage to the tapes and player. See “Care of
Your Cassette Tape Player” in the Index. After you clean
the player, press and hold EJECT for five seconds to
reset the CLEAN indicator. The radio will display --- to
show the indicator was reset.
Playing the Radio
PWR-VOLUME: This knob turns the system on and
off and controls the volume. To increase volume and
turn the radio on, turn the knob clockwise. Turn it
counterclockwise to decrease volume.
RECALL: Display the time with the ignition off by
pressing this button. When the radio is playing, press
this button to recall the station frequency.
3-11
yellowblue
Finding a Station
Setting the Tone
AM·FM: Press this button to switch between AM, FM1
and FM2. The display shows your selection.
BASS: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase bass and counterclockwise to
decrease bass.
TUNE: Press the right or left arrows to go to a higher or
lower station. Press and hold to continue tuning and
release when you find your station. The display will
show the frequency of each station tuned.
SEEK: Press the right or left arrow to go to the next
higher or lower station and stay there.
PUSHBUTTONS: The six numbered pushbuttons
let you return to your previously played stations. You
can set up to 18 stations (six AM, six FM1 and six
FM2). Just:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Press AM·FM to select the band.
3. Tune in the desired station.
4. Press one of the six pushbuttons for at least two
seconds. The sound will mute and then return when
the station is stored. Whenever you press that
numbered button, the station you set will return.
5. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.
3-12
TREB: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Turn the
knob clockwise to increase treble and counterclockwise
to decrease treble. If a station is weak or noisy, you may
want to decrease the treble.
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
TONE: Press this button to choose preset bass and
treble equalization settings designed for ROCK, NEWS,
POP, JAZZ and CLASSIC. ROCK will appear when
you first press TONE. Each time you press it, another
setting will appear on the display. If you press it one
more time, after CLASSIC appears on the display, tone
control will be back to the BASS and TREB knobs.
yellowblue
Adjusting the Speakers
BAL: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Then pull the
knob all the way out. Turn the knob clockwise for the
right speakers and counterclockwise for the left
speakers. The middle position balances the sound
between the speakers.
If you’re driving on a very rough road or if it’s very hot,
the disc may not play and Err (error) may appear on the
display. Press RECALL to take Err off the display.
When things get back to normal, the disc should play. If
the disc comes out, it could be that:
D The disc is upside down. The player will not pull the
disc in.
FADE: Press this knob lightly so it extends. Then pull
the knob all the way out. Turn the knob clockwise to
adjust the sound to the rear speakers and
counterclockwise for the front speakers. The middle
position balances the sound between the speakers.
D It is dirty, scratched or wet.
D It is very humid. (If so, wait about an hour and
Push these knobs back into their stored positions when
you’re not using them.
While the CD is playing, use the VOLUME, FADE,
BAL, TREB, BASS and TONE controls just as you do
for the radio. The CD player automatically begins
playing again when it reaches the end of the disc.
Playing a Compact Disc
With the radio on, insert a disc into the CD slot, label
side up. The player will pull it in. The disc should begin
playing. A CD symbol is shown in the center of the
graphic display whenever a disc is inserted.
Don’t use the smaller discs (three-inch singles). They
won’t eject. Use full-size compact discs.
try again.)
A disc that has been ejected but is still sitting in the
remote CD player will be pulled back into the player
after approximately 30 seconds. This protects the disc
and player from damage. The disc will not start playing.
To remove the disc, press the EJECT button and remove
the disc from the player.
REV (TUNE): Press and hold the left arrows to reverse
rapidly within a track. Release it to resume playing.
3-13
yellowblue
FWD (TUNE): Press and hold the right arrows to
advance rapidly within a track. Release it to
resume playing.
TRACK (SEEK): Press the left arrow to go to the start
of the current track if more than eight seconds have
played. If you hold the button or press it more than once,
the player will continue moving back through the disc.
Press the right arrow to go to the start of the next track if
more than eight seconds have played. If you hold the
button or press it more than once, the player will
continue moving forward through the disc.
RAND (2): Press this button to hear the tracks in
random, rather than sequential, order. Press RAND or
RPT again to turn off random play.
RPT (5): Press this button once to hear a selection over
again. The current track will continue to repeat. Press
RPT, AM·FM, RAND, or the TRACK (SEEK) right or
left arrow to turn off repeated play.
3-14
RECALL: Press this button to see which track is
playing. Press RECALL again, within five seconds, to
see how long it has been playing (elapsed time). The
track number also appears when the disc is inserted or
you change the volume.
AM·FM: Press this button to play the radio when a disc
is playing. The disc will stop but remain in the player.
CD: With a disc loaded in the player and the radio
playing, press this button once to play the compact disc.
EJECT: Press this button to remove the disc. The radio
will play. The disc will start at the first track when you
reinsert it.
yellowblue
Understanding Radio Reception
To help avoid hearing loss or damage:
AM
D Adjust the volume control to the lowest setting.
D Increase volume slowly until you hear comfortably
The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM,
especially at night. The longer range, however, can
cause stations to interfere with each other. AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and power lines. Try
reducing the treble to reduce this noise if you ever get it.
FM Stereo
FM stereo will give you the best sound, but FM signals
will reach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tall
buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causing
the sound to come and go.
Tips About Your Audio System
Hearing damage from loud noise is almost undetectable
until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher
volumes of sound. Sound that seems normal can be loud
and harmful to your hearing. Take precautions by
adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
and clearly.
NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment to your
vehicle -- like a tape player, CB radio, mobile
telephone or two-way radio -- be sure you can
add what you want. If you can, it’s very
important to do it properly. Added sound
equipment may interfere with the operation of
your vehicle’s engine, Delco Electronics radio or
other systems, and even damage them. Your
vehicle’s systems may interfere with the
operation of sound equipment that has been
added improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment, check with
your dealer and be sure to check Federal rules
covering mobile radio and telephone units.
3-15
yellowblue
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly can cause
reduced sound quality, ruined cassettes or a damaged
mechanism. Cassette tapes should be stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct sunlight and
extreme heat. If they aren’t, they may not operate
properly or may cause failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned regularly after every
50 hours of use. Your radio may display CLEAN to
indicate that you have used your tape player for 50
hours without resetting the tape clean timer. If this
message appears on the display, your cassette tape
player needs to be cleaned. It will still play tapes, but
you should clean it as soon as possible to prevent
damage to your tapes and player. If you notice a
reduction in sound quality, try a known good cassette to
see if it is the tape or the tape player at fault. If this other
cassette has no improvement in sound quality, clean the
tape player.
The recommended cleaning method for your cassette
tape player is the use of a scrubbing action,
non-abrasive cleaning cassette with pads which scrub
the tape head as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn.
The recommended cleaning cassette is available through
your dealership (GM Part No. 12344789).
3-16
When using a scrubbing action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, it is normal for the cassette to eject because
your unit is equipped with a cut tape detection feature
and a cleaning cassette may appear as a broken tape. To
prevent the cleaning cassette from being ejected, use the
following steps.
1. Turn the ignition to ON or ACC.
2. Turn the radio off.
3. Press and hold the TAPE button for five seconds.
The tape symbol on the display will flash for
two seconds.
4. Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette.
5. Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturer’s
recommended cleaning time.
When the cleaning cassette has been ejected, the cut tape
detection feature is active again.
You may also choose a non-scrubbing action, wet-type
cleaner which uses a cassette with a fabric belt to clean
the tape head. This type of cleaning cassette will not
eject on its own. A non-scrubbing action cleaner may
not clean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner.
The use of a non-scrubbing action, dry-type cleaning
cassette is not recommended.
yellowblue
After you clean the player, press and hold EJECT for
five seconds to reset the CLEAN indicator. The radio
will display --- to show the indicator was reset.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may
degrade over time. Always make sure the cassette tape is
in good condition before you have your tape
player serviced.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Handle discs carefully. Store them in their original cases
or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. If the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergent solution and
clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.
Care of Your Compact Disc Player
The use of CD lens cleaner discs is not advised, due to
the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with
lubricants internal to the CD mechanism.
Antenna (If Equipped)
Use the knob on the end of the antenna to raise the
antenna. To lower it, hold the antenna mast near the roof
and feed it into the holder. Do not try to lower the
antenna using the knob. Keep the antenna mast clean for
good performance.
Always lower the antenna before entering a car wash.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling
discs. Pick up discs by grasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.
3-17
yellowblue
✍
3-18
NOTES
yellowblue
Section 4 Your Driving and the Road
Here you’ll find information about driving on different kinds of roads and in varying weather conditions. We’ve also
included many other useful tips on driving.
4-2
4-3
4-6
4-6
4-10
4-12
4-12
4-14
4-15
4-17
Defensive Driving
Drunken Driving
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
Steering
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
Loss of Control
Driving at Night
Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-23
4-25
4-29
4-33
4-34
City Driving
Freeway Driving
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Winter Driving
Recreational Vehicle Towing
Loading Your Vehicle
Towing a Trailer
4-
4-1
yellowblue
Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.”
On city streets, rural roads or freeways, it means
“always expect the unexpected.”
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going to be
careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might
do. Be ready for their mistakes.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable of
accidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough
following distance. It’s the best defensive driving
maneuver, in both city and rural driving. You never
know when the vehicle in front of you is going to brake
or turn suddenly.
Defensive Driving
The best advice anyone can give about driving is:
Drive defensively.
Please start with a very important safety device in your
vehicle: Buckle up. (See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
4-2
Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on
the driving task. Anything that distracts from the
driving task -- such as concentrating on a cellular
telephone call, reading, or reaching for something on
the floor -- makes proper defensive driving more
difficult and can even cause a collision, with resulting
injury. Ask a passenger to help do things like this, or
pull off the road in a safe place to do them yourself.
These simple defensive driving techniques could save
your life.
yellowblue
Drunken Driving
Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is
a national tragedy. It’s the number one contributor to
the highway death toll, claiming thousands of victims
every year.
Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive
a vehicle:
D
D
D
D
Judgment
Muscular Coordination
Vision
Attentiveness.
Police records show that almost half of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases,
these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking
and driving. In recent years, over 17,000 annual motor
vehicle-related deaths have been associated with the use
of alcohol, with more than 300,000 people injured.
Many adults -- by some estimates, nearly half the adult
population -- choose never to drink alcohol, so they
never drive after drinking. For persons under 21, it’s
against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.
There are good medical, psychological and
developmental reasons for these laws.
The obvious way to solve the leading highway safety
problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then
drive. But what if people do? How much is “too much”
if the driver plans to drive? It’s a lot less than many
might think. Although it depends on each person and
situation, here is some general information on
the problem.
The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someone
who is drinking depends upon four things:
D The amount of alcohol consumed
D The drinker’s body weight
D The amount of food that is consumed before and
during drinking
D The length of time it has taken the drinker to
consume the alcohol.
According to the American Medical Association, a
180-lb. (82 kg) person who drinks three 12-ounce
(355 ml) bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a
BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person would reach the
same BAC by drinking three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses
of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces
(45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey, gin or vodka.
4-3
yellowblue
Since alcohol is carried in body water, this means that a
woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a
man of her same body weight when each has the same
number of drinks.
The law in many U.S. states sets the legal limit at a BAC
of 0.10 percent. In a growing number of U.S. states, and
throughout Canada, the limit is 0.08 percent. In some
other countries, it’s even lower. The BAC limit for all
commercial drivers in the United States is 0.04 percent.
The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three to six
drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we’ve seen, it
depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, and how
quickly the person drinks them.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, if
the same person drank three double martinis (3 ounces
or 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person’s
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A person who
consumes food just before or during drinking will have a
somewhat lower BAC level.
There is a gender difference, too. Women generally have
a lower relative percentage of body water than men.
4-4
But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of
0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skills of
many people are impaired at a BAC approaching
0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at night. All
drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05 percent.
Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision
increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of
0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of
0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a
collision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chance of
this driver having a collision is 12 times greater; at a
level of 0.15 percent, the chance is 25 times greater!
yellowblue
The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol
in one drink. No amount of coffee or number of cold
showers will speed that up. “I’ll be careful” isn’t the
right answer. What if there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?
A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able
to react quickly enough to avoid the collision.
There’s something else about drinking and driving that
many people don’t know. Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuries
worse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord or
heart. This means that when anyone who has been
drinking -- driver or passenger -- is in a crash, that
person’s chance of being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not been drinking.
CAUTION:
Drinking and then driving is very dangerous.
Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness and
judgment can be affected by even a small amount
of alcohol. You can have a serious -- or even
fatal -- collision if you drive after drinking.
Please don’t drink and drive or ride with a driver
who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if
you’re with a group, designate a driver who will
not drink.
4-5
yellowblue
Control of a Vehicle
Braking
You have three systems that make your vehicle go where
you want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering and
the accelerator. All three systems have to do their work
at the places where the tires meet the road.
Braking action involves perception time and
reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal.
That’s perception time. Then you have to bring up your
foot and do it. That’s reaction time.
Average reaction time is about 3/4 of a second. But
that’s only an average. It might be less with one driver
and as long as two or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition, alertness, coordination
and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol, drugs and
frustration. But even in 3/4 of a second, a vehicle
moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could be a lot of distance in an emergency, so
keeping enough space between your vehicle and others
is important.
And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatly
with the surface of the road (whether it’s pavement or
gravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tire
tread; the condition of your brakes; the weight of the
vehicle and the amount of brake force applied.
Sometimes, as when you’re driving on snow or ice, it’s
easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires
and road can provide. That means you can lose control
of your vehicle.
4-6
yellowblue
Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive in
spurts -- heavy acceleration followed by heavy
braking -- rather than keeping pace with traffic. This
is a mistake. Your brakes may not have time to cool
between hard stops. Your brakes will wear out much
faster if you do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pace
with the traffic and allow realistic following distances,
you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking. That
means better braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re driving, brake
normally but don’t pump your brakes. If you do, the
pedal may get harder to push down. If your engine
stops, you will still have some power brake assist. But
you will use it when you brake. Once the power assist is
used up, it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal
will be harder to push.
Anti-Lock Brakes (Option)
Your vehicle may have anti-lock brakes (ABS). ABS is
an advanced electronic braking system that will help
prevent a braking skid.
If your vehicle has anti-lock
brakes, this warning light on
the instrument panel will
come on briefly when you
start your vehicle.
When you start your engine, or when you begin to drive
away, your anti-lock brake system will check itself. You
may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while
this test is going on, and you may even notice that your
brake pedal moves or pulses a little. This is normal.
If there’s a problem with the anti-lock brake system, the
anti-lock brake system warning light will stay on. See
“Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light” in the Index.
4-7
yellowblue
The anti-lock system can change the brake pressure
faster than any driver could. The computer is
programmed to make the most of available tire and
road conditions.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say the road is wet.
You’re driving safely. Suddenly an animal jumps out in
front of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what happens with ABS.
A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. If one
of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at
both rear wheels.
4-8
You can steer around the obstacle while braking hard.
As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates on
wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.
yellowblue
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the time you need
to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in
front of you, you won’t have time to apply your brakes
if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave
enough room up ahead to stop, even though you have
anti-lock brakes.
Using Anti-Lock
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down
firmly and let anti-lock work for you. You may feel a
slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise, but
this is normal.
When your anti-lock system
is adjusting brake pressure
to help avoid a braking skid,
this light will come on. See
“Anti-Lock Brake System
Active Light” in the Index.
Braking in Emergencies
At some time, nearly every driver gets into a situation
that requires hard braking.
If you have anti-lock, you can steer and brake at the
same time. However, if you don’t have anti-lock, your
first reaction -- to hit the brake pedal hard and hold it
down -- may be the wrong thing to do. Your wheels can
stop rolling. Once they do, the vehicle can’t respond to
your steering. Momentum will carry it in whatever
direction it was headed when the wheels stopped rolling.
That could be off the road, into the very thing you were
trying to avoid, or into traffic.
If you don’t have anti-lock, use a “squeeze” braking
technique. This will give you maximum braking while
maintaining steering control. You do this by pushing on
the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure.
In an emergency, you will probably want to squeeze the
brakes hard without locking the wheels. If you hear or
feel the wheels sliding, ease off the brake pedal. This
will help you retain steering control. (If you do have
anti-lock, it’s different: see “Anti-Lock Brakes” in
the Index.)
In many emergencies, steering can help you more than
even the very best braking.
4-9
yellowblue
Steering
Power Steering
If you lose power steering assist because the engine
stops or the system is not functioning, you can steer but
it will take much more effort.
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’s important to take curves at a reasonable speed.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned on
the news happen on curves. Here’s why:
Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject to
the same laws of physics when driving on curves. The
traction of the tires against the road surface makes it
possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn
the front wheels. If there’s no traction, inertia will keep
the vehicle going in the same direction. If you’ve ever
tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, you’ll understand this.
The traction you can get in a curve depends on the
condition of your tires and the road surface, the angle at
which the curve is banked, and your speed. While
you’re in a curve, speed is the one factor you
can control.
4-10
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp curve. Then you
suddenly apply the brakes. Both control systems -- steering
and braking -- have to do their work where the tires meet the
road. Unless you have four-wheel anti-lock brakes, adding
the hard braking can demand too much of those places. You
can lose control.
The same thing can happen if you’re steering through a
sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate. Those two
control systems -- steering and acceleration -- can
overwhelm those places where the tires meet the road
and make you lose control.
What should you do if this ever happens? Ease up on the
brake or accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the way you
want it to go, and slow down.
Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should
adjust your speed. Of course, the posted speeds are
based on good weather and road conditions. Under less
favorable conditions you’ll want to go slower.
If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a
curve, do it before you enter the curve, while your front
wheels are straight ahead.
Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through the
curve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until you are out of the curve, and then
accelerate gently into the straightaway.
yellowblue
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be more effective
than braking. For example, you come over a hill and
find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls
out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between
parked cars and stops right in front of you. You can
avoid these problems by braking -- if you can stop in
time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t room. That’s
the time for evasive action -- steering around
the problem.
Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like
these. First apply your brakes -- but, unless you have
anti-lock, not enough to lock your wheels. (See
“Braking in Emergencies” earlier in this section.) It is
better to remove as much speed as you can from a
possible collision. Then steer around the problem, to the
left or right depending on the space available.
An emergency like this requires close attention and a
quick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel at
the recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, you can
turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing
either hand. But you have to act fast, steer quickly, and
just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have
avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations are always
possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at
all times and wear safety belts properly.
4-11
yellowblue
Off-Road Recovery
Passing
You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the
edge of a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving.
The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a
two-lane highway waits for just the right moment,
accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, then goes
back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lane
highway is a potentially dangerous move, since the
passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming
traffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error in
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the
worst of all traffic accidents -- the head-on collision.
So here are some tips for passing:
D “Drive ahead.” Look down the road, to the sides and to
crossroads for situations that might affect your passing
patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoever about
making a successful pass, wait for a better time.
If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the
pavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off the
accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer
so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement.
You can turn the steering wheel up to one-quarter turn
until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge.
Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down
the roadway.
4-12
D Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings and lines.
If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a
turn or an intersection, delay your pass. A broken
center line usually indicates it’s all right to pass
(providing the road ahead is clear). Never cross a
solid line on your side of the lane or a double
solid line, even if the road seems empty of
approaching traffic.
yellowblue
D Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass
while you’re awaiting an opportunity. For one thing,
following too closely reduces your area of vision,
especially if you’re following a larger vehicle. Also,
you won’t have adequate space if the vehicle ahead
suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a
reasonable distance.
D When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up,
start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t
get too close. Time your move so you will be
increasing speed as the time comes to move into the
other lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have a
“running start” that more than makes up for the
distance you would lose by dropping back. And if
something happens to cause you to cancel your pass,
you need only slow down and drop back again and
wait for another opportunity.
D If other cars are lined up to pass a slow vehicle, wait
your turn. But take care that someone isn’t trying to
pass you as you pull out to pass the slow vehicle.
Remember to glance over your shoulder and check
the blind spot.
D Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and
start your left lane change signal before moving out
of the right lane to pass. When you are far enough
ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your
inside mirror, activate your right lane change signal
and move back into the right lane. (Remember that
your right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle you
just passed may seem to be farther away from you
than it really is.)
D Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on
two-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the
next vehicle.
D Don’t overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.
Even though the brake lamps are not flashing, it may
be slowing down or starting to turn.
D If you’re being passed, make it easy for the
following driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you
can ease a little to the right.
4-13
yellowblue
Loss of Control
Let’s review what driving experts say about what
happens when the three control systems (brakes, steering
and acceleration) don’t have enough friction where the
tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’t give up. Keep trying to steer and
constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle.
Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions, and by not “overdriving”
those conditions. But skids are always possible.
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s
three control systems. In the braking skid, your wheels
aren’t rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too
much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too
much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.
A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are best
handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the
vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough, your
4-14
vehicle may straighten out. Always be ready for a
second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,
gravel or other material is on the road. For safety, you’ll
want to slow down and adjust your driving to these
conditions. It is important to slow down on slippery
surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and
vehicle control more limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced traction, try
your best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration or
braking (including engine braking by shifting to a lower
gear). Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.
You may not realize the surface is slippery until your
vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warning
clues -- such as enough water, ice or packed snow on
the road to make a “mirrored surface” -- and slow down
when you have any doubt.
If you have the anti-lock braking system, remember: It
helps avoid only the braking skid. If you do not have
anti-lock, then in a braking skid (where the wheels are
no longer rolling), release enough pressure on the brakes
to get the wheels rolling again. This restores steering
control. Push the brake pedal down steadily when you
have to stop suddenly. As long as the wheels are rolling,
you will have steering control.
yellowblue
Driving at Night
Here are some tips on night driving.
D Drive defensively.
D Don’t drink and drive.
D Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce the
glare from headlamps behind you.
D Since you can’t see as well, you may need to slow
down and keep more space between you and
other vehicles.
D Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Your
headlamps can light up only so much road ahead.
D In remote areas, watch for animals.
D If you’re tired, pull off the road in a safe place
and rest.
Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. One
reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired -- by
alcohol or drugs, with night vision problems, or by fatigue.
4-15
yellowblue
Night Vision
No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. But as
we get older these differences increase. A 50-year-old
driver may require at least twice as much light to see the
same thing at night as a 20-year-old.
What you do in the daytime can also affect your night
vision. For example, if you spend the day in bright
sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes will
have less trouble adjusting to night. But if you’re
driving, don’t wear sunglasses at night. They may cut
down on glare from headlamps, but they also make a lot
of things invisible.
You can be temporarily blinded by approaching
headlamps. It can take a second or two, or even several
seconds, for your eyes to readjust to the dark. When you
are faced with severe glare (as from a driver who
doesn’t lower the high beams, or a vehicle with
misaimed headlamps), slow down a little. Avoid staring
directly into the approaching headlamps.
4-16
Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicle
clean -- inside and out. Glare at night is made much
worse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makes
lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,
making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.
Remember that your headlamps light up far less of a
roadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keep your
eyes moving; that way, it’s easier to pick out dimly
lighted objects. Just as your headlamps should be
checked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyes
be examined regularly. Some drivers suffer from night
blindness -- the inability to see in dim light -- and aren’t
even aware of it.
yellowblue
Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wet
road, you can’t stop, accelerate or turn as well because
your tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on dry roads.
And, if your tires don’t have much tread left, you’ll get
even less traction. It’s always wise to go slower and be
cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving. The
surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are
tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if your
windshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavy rain
can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals,
pavement markings, the edge of the road and even
people walking.
It’s wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in
good shape and keep your windshield washer tank filled
with washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiper
inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield, or when strips of rubber start to
separate from the inserts.
4-17
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Wet brakes can cause accidents. They won’t work
as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to
one side. You could lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large puddle of water or
a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightly until
your brakes work normally.
Driving too fast through large water puddles or even
going through some car washes can cause problems, too.
The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoid puddles.
But if you can’t, try to slow down before you hit them.
4-18
yellowblue
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build up
under your tires that they can actually ride on the water.
This can happen if the road is wet enough and you’re
going fast enough. When your vehicle is hydroplaning,
it has little or no contact with the road.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it can if your
tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or
more is low. It can happen if a lot of water is standing on
the road. If you can see reflections from trees, telephone
poles or other vehicles, and raindrops “dimple” the
water’s surface, there could be hydroplaning.
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. There
just isn’t a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The
best advice is to slow down when it is raining.
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or
standing water, water can come in through your
engine’s air intake and badly damage your
engine. Never drive through water that is slightly
lower than the underbody of your vehicle. If you
can’t avoid deep puddles or standing water, drive
through them very slowly.
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
D Besides slowing down, allow some extra following
distance. And be especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more clear room
ahead, and be prepared to have your view restricted
by road spray.
D Have good tires with proper tread depth.
(See “Tires” in the Index.)
4-19
yellowblue
City Driving
Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:
D Know the best way to get to where you are going.
Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown
part of the city just as you would for a
cross-country trip.
D Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most
large cities. You’ll save time and energy. (See the
next part, “Freeway Driving.”)
D Treat a green light as a warning signal. A traffic light
is there because the corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just before you start to
move, check both ways for vehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or may be running the
red light.
One of the biggest problems with city streets is the
amount of traffic on them. You’ll want to watch out for
what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to
traffic signals.
4-20
yellowblue
Freeway Driving
At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to the
freeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as you
drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to
check traffic. Try to determine where you expect to
blend with the flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to
the prevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check
your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as
necessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to the
posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay
in the right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then use
your turn signal.
Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your
shoulder to make sure there isn’t another vehicle in your
“blind” spot.
Mile for mile, freeways (also called thruways, parkways,
expressways, turnpikes or superhighways) are the safest
of all roads. But they have their own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway driving is: Keep
up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at the same
speed most of the other drivers are driving. Too-fast or
too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow. Treat the
left lane on a freeway as a passing lane.
Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain you
allow a reasonable following distance. Expect to move
slightly slower at night.
When you want to leave the freeway, move to the proper
lane well in advance. If you miss your exit, do not,
under any circumstances, stop and back up. Drive on to
the next exit.
The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.
4-21
yellowblue
The exit speed is usually posted.
Here are some things you can check before a trip:
Reduce your speed according to your speedometer, not
to your sense of motion. After driving for any distance
at higher speeds, you may tend to think you are going
slower than you actually are.
D Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Are
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
all windows clean inside and outside?
D Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?
D Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checked
all levels?
Make sure you’re ready. Try to be well rested. If you
must start when you’re not fresh -- such as after a day’s
work -- don’t plan to make too many miles that first part
of the journey. Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you
can easily drive in.
D Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?
D Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,
trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough for
long-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to the
Is your vehicle ready for a long trip? If you keep it
serviced and maintained, it’s ready to go. If it needs
service, have it done before starting out. Of course,
you’ll find experienced and able service experts in
Chevrolet dealerships all across North America. They’ll
be ready and willing to help if you need it.
D Weather Forecasts: What’s the weather outlook
4-22
recommended pressure?
along your route? Should you delay your trip a short
time to avoid a major storm system?
D Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?
yellowblue
Highway Hypnosis
Hill and Mountain Roads
Is there actually such a condition as “highway hypnosis”?
Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Call it
highway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch of road with
the same scenery, along with the hum of the tires on the
road, the drone of the engine, and the rush of the wind
against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Don’t let it
happen to you! If it does, your vehicle can leave the
road in less than a second, and you could crash and
be injured.
What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, be
aware that it can happen.
Then here are some tips:
D Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with a
comfortably cool interior.
D Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead and to
the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and your
instruments frequently.
Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from
driving in flat or rolling terrain.
D If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest, service
or parking area and take a nap, get some exercise, or
both. For safety, treat drowsiness on the highway as
an emergency.
4-23
yellowblue
If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you’re
planning to visit there, here are some tips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
D Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluid
levels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system and
transaxle. These parts can work hard on
mountain roads.
D Know how to go down hills. The most important
thing to know is this: let your engine do some of the
slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you go
down a steep or long hill.
CAUTION:
Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N) or with the
ignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will have to
do all the work of slowing down. They could get so
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking or even none going down a hill.
You could crash. Always have your engine running
and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill.
D Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down
CAUTION:
If you don’t shift down, your brakes could get so
hot that they wouldn’t work well. You would then
have poor braking or even none going down a
hill. You could crash. Shift down to let your
engine assist your brakes on a steep
downhill slope.
to a lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engine
and transaxle, and you can climb the hill better.
D Stay in your own lane when driving on two-lane
roads in hills or mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
across the center of the road. Drive at speeds that let
you stay in your own lane.
D As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There could be
something in your lane, like a stalled car or an accident.
D You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of
special problems. Examples are long grades, passing or
no-passing zones, a falling rocks area or winding
roads. Be alert to these and take appropriate action.
4-24
yellowblue
Winter Driving
Here are some tips for winter driving:
D Have your vehicle in good shape for winter.
D You may want to put winter emergency supplies in
your vehicle.
Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, a supply
of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a red cloth and a
couple of reflective warning triangles. And, if you will
be driving under severe conditions, include a small bag
of sand, a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you properly secure
these items in your vehicle.
4-25
yellowblue
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your tires meet the
road probably have good traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between your tires and
the road, you can have a very slippery situation. You’ll
have a lot less traction or “grip” and will need to be
very careful.
4-26
What’s the worst time for this? “Wet ice.” Very cold
snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on. But wet
ice can be even more trouble because it may offer the
least traction of all. You can get wet ice when it’s about
freezing (32_F; 0_C) and freezing rain begins to fall.
Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews
can get there.
Whatever the condition -- smooth ice, packed, blowing
or loose snow -- drive with caution. Accelerate gently.
Try not to break the fragile traction. If you accelerate
too fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish the surface
under the tires even more.
yellowblue
Unless you have the anti-lock braking system, you’ll
want to brake very gently, too. (If you do have anti-lock,
see “Anti-Lock” in the Index. This system improves
your vehicle’s stability when you make a hard stop on a
slippery road.) Whether you have the anti-lock braking
system or not, you’ll want to begin stopping sooner than
you would on dry pavement. Without anti-lock brakes,
if you feel your vehicle begin to slide, let up on the
brakes a little. Push the brake pedal down steadily to get
the most traction you can.
Remember, unless you have anti-lock, if you brake so
hard that your wheels stop rolling, you’ll just slide.
Brake so your wheels always keep rolling and you can
still steer.
D Whatever your braking system, allow greater
following distance on any slippery road.
D Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine
until you hit a spot that’s covered with ice. On an
otherwise clear road, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t reach: around
clumps of trees, behind buildings or under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may
remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. If
you see a patch of ice ahead of you, brake before you
are on it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on
the ice, and avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
4-27
yellowblue
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
D Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you’ve been stopped by the snow.
D Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.
If you have no blankets or extra clothing, make body
insulators from newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor
mats -- anything you can wrap around yourself or
tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in a
serious situation. You should probably stay with your
vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here are some
things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your
passengers safe:
D Turn on your hazard flashers.
4-28
You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle.
This can cause deadly CO (carbon monoxide) gas
to get inside. CO could overcome you and kill
you. You can’t see it or smell it, so you might not
know it is in your vehicle. Clear away snow from
around the base of your vehicle, especially any
that is blocking your exhaust pipe. And check
around again from time to time to be sure snow
doesn’t collect there.
Open a window just a little on the side of the
vehicle that’s away from the wind. This will help
keep CO out.
Run your engine only as long as you must. This saves
fuel. When you run the engine, make it go a little faster
than just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. This
uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the
battery charged. You will need a well-charged battery to
restart the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on
with your headlamps. Let the heater run for a while.
Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost
all the way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again
and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve the
fuel as long as you can. To help keep warm, you can get
out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises
every half hour or so until help comes.
Recreational Vehicle Towing
There may be times when you want to tow your vehicle
behind another vehicle for use at your destination. Be
sure to use the proper towing equipment designed for
recreational vehicle towing. Follow the instructions for
the towing equipment.
4-29
yellowblue
Towing Your Vehicle from the Front
(Automatic Transaxle)
NOTICE:
Do not tow your vehicle with the front wheels in
contact with the ground, or the automatic
transaxle could be damaged.
2. Set the parking brake.
3. Turn the ignition key to ACC to unlock the
steering wheel.
4. Release the parking brake.
Follow these steps:
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
4-30
yellowblue
NOTICE:
Towing Your Vehicle from the Front
(Manual Transaxle)
The front wheels transmit shocks during towing.
The steering column may not be strong enough to
withstand the shocks. Always unlock the steering
wheel before towing.
NOTICE:
Make sure that the towing speed does not exceed
55 mph (90 km/h), or your vehicle could be
badly damaged.
With a manual transaxle, you can tow your vehicle with
all four wheels on the ground. Follow these steps:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition key to ACC to unlock the
steering wheel.
4-31
yellowblue
3. Shift your manual transaxle to NEUTRAL (N).
Towing Your Vehicle from the Rear
4. Release the parking brake.
NOTICE:
The front wheels transmit shocks during towing.
The steering column may not be strong enough to
withstand the shocks. Always unlock the steering
wheel before towing.
NOTICE:
Make sure that the towing speed does not exceed
55 mph (90 km/h), or your vehicle could be
badly damaged.
NOTICE:
Do not tow your vehicle from the rear, or your
vehicle could be badly damaged and the costly
repairs would not be covered by your warranty.
4-32
yellowblue
Loading Your Vehicle
Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it
may properly carry. The Tire-Loading Information label
found on the driver’s door lock pillar tells you the
proper size, speed rating and recommended inflation
pressures for the tires on your vehicle. It also gives you
important information about the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and the total weight that you can
carry. This weight is called the Vehicle Capacity Weight
and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
The other label is the Certification label, also found on
the driver’s door lock pillar. It tells you the gross weight
capacity of your vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR includes the
weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo.
Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, or the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the front or
rear axle.
4-33
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the
GVWR, or either the maximum front or rear
GAWR. If you do, parts on your vehicle can
break, and it can change the way your vehicle
handles. These could cause you to lose control
and crash. Also, overloading can shorten the life
of your vehicle.
NOTICE:
Your warranty does not cover parts or
components that fail because of overloading.
CAUTION:
Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and
injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in
a crash.
D Put things in the trunk or rear area of your
vehicle. In a trunk, put them as far forward
as you can. Try to spread the weight evenly.
D Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that some of them are
above the tops of the seats.
D Don’t leave an unsecured child restraint in
your vehicle.
D When you carry something inside the
vehicle, secure it whenever you can.
D Don’t leave a seat folded down unless you
need to.
Towing A Trailer
Your vehicle is neither designed nor intended to tow
a trailer.
4-34
yellowblue
✍
NOTES
4-35
yellowblue
✍
4-36
NOTES
yellowblue
Section 5 Problems on the Road
Here you’ll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road.
5-2
5-3
5-3
5-8
5-8
Hazard Warning Flashers
Other Warning Devices
Jump Starting
Towing Your Vehicle
Engine Overheating
5-11
5-18
5-19
5-30
5-31
Cooling System
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
Compact Spare Tire
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow
5-
5-1
yellowblue
Hazard Warning Flashers
Press the button located on top of the steering column to
make your front and rear turn signal lamps flash on
and off.
Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others. They
also let police know you have a problem. Your front and
rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.
5-2
Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what
position your key is in, and even if the key isn’t in.
To turn off the flashers, push the button again.
When the hazard warning flashers are on, your turn
signals won’t work.
yellowblue
Other Warning Devices
If you carry reflective triangles, you can set one up at
the side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behind
your vehicle.
Jump Starting
If your battery has run down, you may want to use
another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your
vehicle. But please use the following steps to do
it safely.
CAUTION:
NOTICE:
Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage
to your vehicle that wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
The ACDelco FreedomR battery in your vehicle
has a built-in hydrometer. Do not charge, test or
jump start the battery if the hydrometer looks
clear or light yellow. Replace the battery when
there is a clear or light yellow hydrometer and a
cranking complaint.
Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling
it won’t work, and it could damage your vehicle.
Batteries can hurt you. They can be
dangerous because:
D They contain acid that can burn you.
D They contain gas that can explode or ignite.
D They contain enough electricity to
burn you.
If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some or all
of these things can hurt you.
5-3
yellowblue
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt
battery with a negative ground system.
NOTICE:
If the other system isn’t a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables
can reach, but be sure the vehicles aren’t touching
each other. If they are, it could cause a ground
connection you don’t want. You wouldn’t be able to
start your vehicle, and the bad grounding could
damage the electrical systems.
To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, set
the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in
the procedure. Put an automatic transaxle vehicle in
PARK (P) and a manual transaxle vehicle in
NEUTRAL (N).
5-4
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug
unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette
lighter. Turn off all lamps that aren’t needed as well
as radios. This will avoid sparks and help save both
batteries. In addition, it could save your radio!
NOTICE:
If you leave your radio on, it could be badly
damaged. The repairs wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries.
CAUTION:
An electric fan can start up even when the engine
is not running and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing and tools away from any underhood
electric fan.
yellowblue
5. Find the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on
each battery.
CAUTION:
Using a match near a battery can cause battery
gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if
you need more light.
Be sure the battery has enough water. You don’t
need to add water to the ACDelco FreedomR
battery installed in every new GM vehicle. But if
a battery has filler caps, be sure the right amount
of fluid is there. If it is low, add water to take care
of that first. If you don’t, explosive gas could
be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you.
Don’t get it on you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with
water and get medical help immediately.
6. Check that the jumper cables don’t have loose or
missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock.
The vehicles could be damaged, too.
Before you connect the cables, here are some basic
things you should know. Positive (+) goes to
positive (+) and negative (-) will go to a heavy,
unpainted metal engine part. Don’t connect
positive (+) to negative (-) or you’ll get a short that
would damage the battery and maybe other parts too.
CAUTION:
Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you
badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts
once the engine is running.
5-5
yellowblue
8. Don’t let the other end
touch metal. Connect it
to the positive (+)
terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
7. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.
5-6
9. Now connect the black
negative (-) cable to the
good battery’s
negative (-) terminal.
Don’t let the other end
touch anything until the
next step.
yellowblue
12. Try to start the vehicle with the dead battery.
If it won’t start after a few tries, it probably
needs service.
13. Remove the cables in reverse order to prevent
electrical shorting. Take care that they don’t touch
each other or any other metal.
10. The other end of the negative (-) cable doesn’t go
to the dead battery. It goes to a heavy, unpainted
metal part on the engine of the vehicle with the
dead battery. Attach the cable at least 18 inches
(45 cm) away from the dead battery, but not near
engine parts that move. The electrical connection is
just as good there, but the chance of sparks getting
back to the battery is much less.
11. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run
the engine for a while.
A. Unpainted Heavy Metal Engine Part
B. Good Battery
C. Dead Battery
5-7
yellowblue
Towing Your Vehicle
CAUTION:
To help avoid serious personal injury to you
or others:
D Never let passengers ride in a vehicle that is
being towed.
D Never tow faster than safe or posted speeds.
D Never tow with damaged parts not
fully secured.
D Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by the tow truck.
D Always secure the vehicle on each side with
separate safety chains when towing it.
D Use only the correct hooks.
5-8
NOTICE:
Use the proper towing equipment to avoid
damage to the bumper, fascia or fog lamp areas
of the vehicle.
With current trends in automotive styles and design, it is
essential that the correct towing equipment is used to
tow a vehicle. Your vehicle can be towed with wheel-lift
or car carrier equipment.
Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if
you need to have your vehicle towed. See “Roadside
Assistance” in the Index.
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your
vehicle’s instrument panel. See “Engine Coolant
Temperature Gage” in the Index.
yellowblue
If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
CAUTION:
Steam from an overheated engine can burn you
badly, even if you just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear steam coming
from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away
from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until
there is no sign of steam or coolant before you
open the hood.
If you keep driving when your engine is
overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or
others could be badly burned. Stop your engine if
it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the
engine is cool.
NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because you keep
driving with no coolant, your vehicle can be
badly damaged. The costly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
5-9
yellowblue
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine
If you get an engine overheat warning but see or hear no
steam, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes
the engine can get a little too hot when you:
D Climb a long hill on a hot day.
D Stop after high-speed driving.
D Idle for long periods in traffic.
If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam,
try this for a minute or so:
1. If you have an air conditioner and it’s on, turn it off.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fan
speed and open the window as necessary.
3. If you’re in a traffic jam, shift to NEUTRAL (N);
otherwise, shift to the highest gear while
driving -- DRIVE (D) for automatic transaxles.
5-10
If you no longer have the overheat warning, you can
drive. Just to be safe, drive slower for about 10 minutes.
If the warning doesn’t come back on, you can
drive normally.
If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park your
vehicle right away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, idle the engine for three
minutes while you’re parked. If you still have the
warning, turn off the engine and get everyone out of the
vehicle until it cools down.
You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service
help right away.
yellowblue
Cooling System
When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood, here’s what
you’ll see:
CAUTION:
An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can
start up even when the engine is not running and
can injure you. Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,
don’t do anything else until it cools down.
1. Coolant Recovery Tank
2. Radiator Pressure Cap
3. Electric Engine Cooling Fan
5-11
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine
parts, can be very hot. Don’t touch them. If you
do, you can be burned.
Don’t run the engine if there is a leak. If you run
the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you could be burned.
Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.
The coolant level should be at the FULL mark. If it
isn’t, you may have a leak in the radiator hoses, heater
hoses, radiator, water pump or somewhere else in the
cooling system.
NOTICE:
Engine damage from running your engine
without coolant isn’t covered by your warranty.
If there seems to be no leak, with the engine on, check to
see if the electric engine cooling fan is running. If the
engine is overheating, the fan should be running. If it
isn’t, your vehicle needs service.
5-12
yellowblue
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Recovery Tank
NOTICE:
If you haven’t found a problem yet, but the coolant level
isn’t at the FULL mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and a proper coolant at the coolant
recovery tank. (See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for
more information about the proper coolant mixture.)
In cold weather, water can freeze and crack the
engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.
Use the recommended coolant and the proper
coolant mixture.
CAUTION:
Adding only plain water to your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. Your vehicle’s coolant
warning system is set for the proper coolant
mixture. With plain water or the wrong mixture,
your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t
get the overheat warning. Your engine could
catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use
a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and a
proper coolant.
5-13
yellowblue
CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at the
FULL mark, start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there’s one more
thing you can try. You can add the proper coolant
mixture directly to the radiator, but be sure the cooling
system is cool before you do it.
5-14
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling
system can blow out and burn you badly. They
are under pressure, and if you turn the radiator
pressure cap -- even a little -- they can come out
at high speed. Never turn the cap when the
cooling system, including the radiator pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and
radiator pressure cap to cool if you ever have to
turn the pressure cap.
5-15
yellowblue
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
2. Then keep turning the pressure cap, but now push
down as you turn it. Remove the pressure cap.
1. You can remove the radiator pressure cap when the
cooling system, including the radiator pressure cap
and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the
pressure cap slowly counterclockwise until it first
stops. (Don’t press down while turning the
pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
5-16
yellowblue
3. Fill the radiator with the proper coolant mixture, up
to the base of the filler neck. (See “Engine Coolant”
in the Index for more information about the proper
coolant mixture.)
4. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the
FULL mark.
5. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, but
leave the radiator pressure cap off.
6. Start the engine and let it run until you can feel the
upper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for the
engine cooling fan.
7. By this time, the coolant level inside the radiator
filler neck may be lower. If the level is lower, add
more of the proper coolant mixture through the filler
neck until the level reaches the base of the
filler neck.
5-17
yellowblue
If a Tire Goes Flat
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while you’re driving,
especially if you maintain your tires properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here are a few
tips about what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that
pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to
a stop well out of the traffic lane.
8. Then replace the pressure cap. At any time during
this procedure if coolant begins to flow out of the
filler neck, reinstall the pressure cap. Be sure the ears
on the pressure cap are in line with the vent tube.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a
skid and may require the same correction you’d use in a
skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot from the
accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control by
steering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may be
very bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gently
brake to a stop -- well off the road if possible.
If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use your
jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely.
5-18
yellowblue
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage
by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on your hazard
warning flashers.
CAUTION:
Changing a tire can cause an injury. The vehicle
can slip off the jack and roll over you or other
people. You and they could be badly injured.
Find a level place to change your tire. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put an automatic transaxle shift lever in
PARK (P), or shift a manual transaxle to
FIRST (1) or REVERSE (R).
3. Turn off the engine.
To be even more certain the vehicle won’t move,
you can put blocks at the front and rear of the
tire farthest away from the one being changed.
That would be the tire on the other side of the
vehicle, at the opposite end.
The following steps will tell you how to use the jack and
change a tire.
5-19
yellowblue
Removing the Spare Tire and Tools
The equipment you’ll need is in the rear area under the
carpet and cover.
Unbutton the carpet at the two outside corners. Pull back
the carpet and remove the cover over the spare tire.
Remove the compact spare tire by turning the wing nut
on the top of the spare counterclockwise and removing
it. See “Compact Spare Tire” later in this section for
more information about the compact spare. Now you
have access to the compact spare tire. Pull it up to
remove it.
The jack is located behind the compact spare. Turn the
jack screw to remove the jack from the clamps. The
wheel wrench is located underneath the wing nut and the
jack handle is attached to the cardboard cover that is on
top of the spare tire. Remove all of these items.
5-20
yellowblue
The tools you’ll be using include the jack (A), wheel
wrench (B) and jack handle (C).
Attach the jack handle to the jack. Turn the jack handle
clockwise to raise the lift head.
5-21
yellowblue
Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the
Spare Tire
1. Using the wheel wrench,
loosen all the wheel
nuts. Don’t remove
them yet.
If you have a wheel cover, remove it using the flat end
of the jack handle. Pry along the edge of the wheel
cover (as shown) and pull toward you until it comes off.
5-22
yellowblue
2. Under the vehicle near each wheel, there are jack
head seating plates in the vehicle’s frame. Position
the jack and raise the jack lift head until it fits firmly
onto the plates closest to the flat tire. The jack should
be positioned as shown above if a rear tire is
being changed.
3. If the flat tire is a front tire, follow the instructions
noted before and position the jack as shown.
Regardless of whether it is a front or rear tire that is
flat, the jack head groove will fit in the plates.
5-23
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is
dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injured or killed. Never get under
a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
CAUTION:
Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly
positioned can damage the vehicle and even make
the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and
vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head
into the proper location before raising
the vehicle.
5-24
4. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle
clockwise. Raise the vehicle far enough off the
ground so there is enough room for the spare tire
to fit.
5. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the parts to
which it is fastened, can make the wheel nuts
become loose after a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When you change a
wheel, remove any rust or dirt from the places
where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an
emergency, you can use a cloth or a paper towel
to do this; but be sure to use a scraper or wire
brush later, if you need to, to get all the rust or
dirt off.
6. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts,
mounting surfaces and spare wheel.
CAUTION:
Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts. If you
do, the nuts might come loose. Your wheel could
fall off, causing a serious accident.
5-25
yellowblue
7. Replace the wheel nuts
with the rounded end of
the nuts toward the
wheel. Tighten each nut
by hand until the wheel
is held against the hub.
8. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise. Lower the jack completely.
5-26
yellowblue
9.
Tighten the wheel nuts
firmly in a criss-cross
sequence as shown.
NOTICE:
Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to
brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid
expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel
nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper
torque specification.
CAUTION:
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened
wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose
and even come off. This could lead to an accident.
Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts. If you have
to replace them, be sure to get new GM original
equipment wheel nuts.
Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have
the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to
45 lb-ft (60 N·m).
10. Don’t try to put a wheel cover on your compact
spare tire. It won’t fit. Store the wheel cover in the
rear area until you have the flat tire repaired
or replaced.
NOTICE:
Wheel covers won’t fit on your compact spare. If
you try to put a wheel cover on your compact
spare, you could damage the cover or the spare.
5-27
yellowblue
Storing the Flat Tire and Tools
CAUTION:
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
After you’ve put the compact spare tire on your vehicle,
you’ll need to store the flat tire in your trunk.
Replace the jacking equipment, cover and carpet. Place
the flat tire in the trunk so the side that faces out when it
is on the vehicle is facing down. The full-size tire will
not fit down into the well.
5-28
yellowblue
Storing the Spare Tire and Tools
CAUTION:
Storing a jack, a tire or other equipment in the
passenger compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose
equipment could strike someone. Store all these
in the proper place.
The compact spare tire is for temporary use only.
Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as
soon as you can. See “Compact Spare Tire” in the Index.
1. Cover
2. Clamp
3. Jack Handle
4. Jack
5. Wheel Wrench
6. Bolt
Replace the jack, jack handle, flat tire and
wheel wrench.
5-29
yellowblue
Compact Spare Tire
Although the compact spare tire was fully inflated when
your vehicle was new, it can lose air after a time.
Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be
60 psi (420 kPa).
After installing the compact spare on your vehicle, you
should stop as soon as possible and make sure your
spare tire is correctly inflated. The compact spare is
made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph
(105 km/h) for distances up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km),
so you can finish your trip and have your full-size tire
repaired or replaced where you want. Of course, it’s best
to replace your spare with a full-size tire as soon as you
can. Your spare will last longer and be in good shape in
case you need it again.
NOTICE:
When the compact spare is installed, don’t take
your vehicle through an automatic car wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can get caught on
the rails. That can damage the tire and wheel,
and maybe other parts of your vehicle.
Don’t use your compact spare on other vehicles.
And don’t mix your compact spare tire or wheel with
other wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your spare
tire and its wheel together.
NOTICE:
Tire chains won’t fit your compact spare. Using
them can damage your vehicle and can damage
the chains too. Don’t use tire chains on your
compact spare.
5-30
yellowblue
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud,
Ice or Snow
NOTICE:
In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck, you will
need to spin the wheels, but you don’t want to spin your
wheels too fast. The method known as “rocking” can
help you get out when you’re stuck, but you must
use caution.
Spinning your wheels can destroy parts of your
vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin the wheels
too fast while shifting your transaxle back and
forth, you can destroy your transaxle.
CAUTION:
If you let your tires spin at high speed, they can
explode, and you or others could be injured. And,
the transaxle or other parts of the vehicle can
overheat. That could cause an engine
compartment fire or other damage. When you’re
stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible. Don’t
spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 km/h) as shown
on the speedometer.
For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,
see “Tire Chains” in the Index.
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out
First, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will
clear the area around your front wheels. Then shift back
and forth between REVERSE (R) and a forward gear (or
with a manual transaxle, between FIRST (1) or
SECOND (2) and REVERSE (R)), spinning the wheels
as little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal while
you shift, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transaxle is in gear. By slowly spinning your
wheels in the forward and reverse directions, you will
cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle. If
that doesn’t get you out after a few tries, you may need
to be towed out. If you do need to be towed out, see
“Towing Your Vehicle” in the Index.
5-31
yellowblue
✍
5-32
NOTES
yellowblue
Section 6 Service and Appearance Care
Here you will find information about the care of your vehicle. This section begins with service and fuel information,
and then it shows how to check important fluid and lubricant levels. There is also technical information about your
vehicle, and a part devoted to its appearance care.
6-2
6-3
6-5
6-5
6-8
6-8
6-13
6-17
6-20
6-23
6-24
6-24
6-25
6-25
6-27
6-28
Service
Fuel
Fuels in Foreign Countries
Filling Your Tank
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Checking Things Under the Hood
Engine Oil
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
Manual Transaxle Fluid
Clutch Adjustment
Radiator Pressure Cap
Thermostat
Engine Coolant
Power Steering Fluid
Windshield Washer Fluid
6-29
6-33
6-34
6-35
6-40
6-48
6-48
6-50
6-52
6-54
6-56
6-57
6-60
6-60
6-61
6-61
Brakes
Low Maintenance Battery
Bulb Replacement
Headlamp Aiming
Tires
Appearance Care
Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
Care of the Safety Belts
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
Underbody Maintenance
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Electrical System
Replacement Bulbs
Capacities and Specifications
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts
6-
6-1
yellowblue
Service
Doing Your Own Service Work
Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to
be happy with it. We hope you’ll go to your dealer for
all your service needs. You’ll get genuine GM parts and
GM-trained and supported service people.
If you want to do some of your own service work, you’ll
want to use the proper service manual. It tells you much
more about how to service your vehicle than this manual
can. To order the proper service manual, see “Service
and Owner Publications” in the Index.
We hope you’ll want to keep your GM vehicle all GM.
Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
do your own service work, see “Servicing Your Air
Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list
the mileage and the date of any service work you
perform. See “Maintenance Record” in the Index.
6-2
yellowblue
CAUTION:
You can be injured and your vehicle could be
damaged if you try to do service work on a
vehicle without knowing enough about it.
D Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,
experience, the proper replacement parts
and tools before you attempt any vehicle
maintenance task.
D Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts and
other fasteners. “English” and “metric”
fasteners can be easily confused. If you use
the wrong fasteners, parts can later break
or fall off. You could be hurt.
Adding Equipment to the Outside of
Your Vehicle
Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can
affect the airflow around it. This may cause wind noise
and affect windshield washer performance. Check with
your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of
your vehicle.
Fuel
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher.
It is recommended that the gasoline meet specifications
which have been developed by the American Automobile
Manufacturers Association (AAMA) and endorsed by the
Canadian Motor Vehicle Manufacturers Association for
better vehicle performance and engine protection.
Gasolines meeting the AAMA specification could provide
improved driveability and emission control system
performance compared to other gasolines. For more
information, write to: American Automobile
Manufacturer’s Association, 7430 Second Ave, Suite 300,
Detroit MI 48202.
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87. If the octane is
less than 87, you may get a heavy knocking noise when
you drive. If it’s bad enough, it can damage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or higher and you
hear heavy knocking, your engine needs service. But
don’t worry if you hear a little pinging noise when
you’re accelerating or driving up a hill. That’s normal,
and you don’t have to buy a higher octane fuel to get rid
of pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock that means
you have a problem.
6-3
yellowblue
If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emission
Standards (indicated on the underhood emission control
label), it is designed to operate on fuels that meet
California specifications. If such fuels are not available
in states adopting California emissions standards, your
vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission control system
performance may be affected. The malfunction indicator
lamp on your instrument panel may turn on and/or your
vehicle may fail a smog-check test. (See “Malfunction
Indicator Lamp” in the Index.) If this occurs, return to
your authorized Chevrolet dealer for diagnosis to
determine the cause of failure. In the event it is
determined that the cause of the condition is the type of
fuels used, repairs may not be covered by your warranty.
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines in the United States
are now required to contain additives that will help
prevent deposits from forming in your engine and fuel
system, allowing your emission control system to
function properly. Therefore, you should not have to add
anything to the fuel. In addition, gasolines containing
oxygenates, such as ethers and ethanol, and
reformulated gasolines may be available in your area to
contribute to clean air. General Motors recommends that
you use these gasolines, particularly if they comply with
the specifications described earlier.
Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low
emissions may contain an octane-enhancing additive
called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl
(MMT); ask your service station operator whether or not
the fuel contains MMT. General Motors does not
recommend the use of such gasolines. If fuels containing
MMT are used, spark plug life may be reduced and your
emission control system performance may be affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument
panel may turn on. If this occurs, return to your
authorized Chevrolet dealer for service.
Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that
contains methanol. Don’t use it. It can corrode
metal parts in your fuel system and also damage
plastic and rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty.
6-4
NOTICE:
yellowblue
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If you plan on driving in another country outside the
United States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hard to
find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not
recommended in the previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel wouldn’t be covered by
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask an auto club, or
contact a major oil company that does business in the
country where you’ll be driving.
Filling Your Tank
CAUTION:
Gasoline vapor is highly flammable. It burns
violently, and that can cause very bad injuries.
Don’t smoke if you’re near gasoline or refueling
your vehicle. Keep sparks, flames and smoking
materials away from gasoline.
You can also write us at the following address for
advice. Just tell us where you’re going and give your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
General Motors Overseas Distribution Corporation
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
6-5
yellowblue
The fuel cap is behind a hinged door on the driver’s side
of your vehicle.
6-6
While refueling, hang the cap inside the fuel door.
To remove the cap, turn it slowly to the left
(counterclockwise).
yellowblue
CAUTION:
If you get gasoline on yourself and then
something ignites it, you could be badly burned.
Gasoline can spray out on you if you open the
fuel filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen
if your tank is nearly full, and is more likely in
hot weather. Open the fuel filler cap slowly and
wait for any “hiss” noise to stop. Then unscrew
the cap all the way.
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be sure to get the right
type. Your dealer can get one for you. If you get
the wrong type, it may not fit properly. This may
cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light
and your fuel tank and emissions system may be
damaged. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in
the Index.
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean gasoline from
painted surfaces as soon as possible. See “Cleaning the
Outside of Your Vehicle” in the Index.
When you put the cap back on, turn it to the right
(clockwise) until you hear a clicking sound. Make sure
you fully install the cap. The diagnostic system can
determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly
installed. This would allow fuel to evaporate into the
atmosphere. See “Malfunction Indicator Lamp” in
the Index.
6-7
yellowblue
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
CAUTION:
Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in
your vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the gasoline vapor. You can
be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoid injury to you and others:
D Dispense gasoline only into
approved containers.
D Do not fill a container while it is inside a
vehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, pickup bed or
on any surface other than the ground.
D Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the
inside of the fill opening before operating
the nozzle. Contact should be maintained
until the filling is complete.
D Don’t smoke while pumping gasoline.
6-8
Checking Things Under the Hood
CAUTION:
An electric fan under the hood can start up and
injure you even when the engine is not running.
Keep hands, clothing and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
CAUTION:
Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and
start a fire. These include liquids like gasoline,
oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer and
other fluids, and plastic or rubber. You or others
could be burned. Be careful not to drop or spill
things that will burn onto a hot engine.
yellowblue
Hood Release
To open the hood, first
pull the handle inside
the vehicle.
Then go to the front of the vehicle to release the
secondary hood release. Reach under the hood toward
the center. Pull the lever all the way up with one hand
and lift the hood up with your other hand.
6-9
yellowblue
Release the hood prop from its retainer and put the hood
prop into the slot in the hood.
6-10
Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on
properly. Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the
hood prop. Remove the hood prop from the slot in the
hood and return the prop to is retainer. Lower the hood
8 to 10 inches (20 to 25 cm) above the vehicle and
release so that it will latch fully. Check to make sure the
hood is closed and repeat if necessary.
yellowblue
1.0L L3 Engine
When you lift the hood, you’ll see these items:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Hood Prop
Engine Oil Dipstick
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Engine Oil Fill Cap
E. Radiator Pressure Cap
F. Brake Fluid Reservoir
G. Engine Coolant Reservoir
H. Battery
I. Main Fuse Box
J. Windshield Washer Reservoir
6-11
yellowblue
1.3L L4 Engine
When you lift the hood, you’ll see these items:
A.
B.
C.
D.
Hood Prop
Power Steering Reservoir
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Engine Oil Dipstick
6-12
E.
F.
G.
H.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Electric Engine Cooling Fan
Radiator Pressure Cap
Brake Fluid Reservoir
I.
J.
K.
L.
Engine Coolant Reservoir
Battery
Main Fuse Box
Windshield Washer Reservoir
yellowblue
Engine Oil
If the engine oil pressure
light on the instrument
panel comes on, it means
you need to check your
engine oil level right away.
For more information, see “Engine Oil Pressure Light”
in the Index. You should check your engine oil level
regularly; this is an added reminder.
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil every time you
get fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oil must
be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.
The engine oil dipstick is
located next to the air
cleaner. The dipstick handle
is a yellow loop.
Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to
drain back into the oil pan. If you don’t, the oil dipstick
might not show the actual level.
6-13
yellowblue
Checking Engine Oil
NOTICE:
Pull out the dipstick and
clean it with a paper towel
or cloth, then push it back in
all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down,
and check the level.
Don’t add too much oil. If your engine has so
much oil that the oil level gets above the upper
mark that shows the proper operating range,
your engine could be damaged.
The engine oil fill cap is
located at the center of the
engine compartment.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is at or below the upper mark, then you’ll need
to add at least one quart of oil. But you must use the
right kind. This part explains what kind of oil to use. For
crankcase capacity, see “Capacities and Specifications”
in the Index.
6-14
Be sure to fill it enough to put the level somewhere in
the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when you’re through.
yellowblue
What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
Oils recommended for your
vehicle can be identified by
looking for the “Starburst”
symbol. This symbol
indicates that the oil has
been certified by the
American Petroleum
Institute (API). Do not use
any oil which does not carry
this Starburst symbol.
If you change your own oil, be sure you use oil that has
the Starburst symbol on the front of the oil container. If
you have your oil changed for you, be sure the oil put
into your engine is American Petroleum Institute
certified for gasoline engines.
You should also use the proper viscosity oil for your
vehicle, as shown in the following chart:
6-15
yellowblue
As shown in the chart, SAE 5W-30 is best for your
vehicle. However, you can use SAE 10W-30 if it’s going
to be 0_F (-18_C) or above. These numbers on an oil
container show its viscosity, or thickness. Do not use
other viscosity oils, such as SAE 20W-50.
NOTICE:
Use only engine oil with the American Petroleum
Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines
“Starburst” symbol. Failure to use the
recommended oil can result in engine damage not
covered by your warranty.
GM GoodwrenchR oil meets all the requirements for
your vehicle.
If you are in an area where the temperature falls below
-20_F (-29_C), consider using either an SAE 5W-30
synthetic oil or an SAE 0W-30 oil. Both will provide
easier cold starting and better protection for your engine
at extremely low temperatures.
Engine Oil Additives
Don’t add anything to your oil. Your dealer is ready to
advise if you think something should be added.
6-16
When to Change Engine Oil
If any one of these is true for you, use the short trip/city
maintenance schedule:
D Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
D Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
D Most trips are through dusty areas.
D The vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercial application.
Driving under these conditions causes engine oil to
break down sooner. If any one of these is true for your
vehicle, then you need to change your oil and filter
every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or 3 months -- whichever
occurs first.
If none of them is true, use the long trip/highway
maintenance schedule. Change oil and filter every
7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 7.5 months -- whichever
occurs first. Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed
engine under highway conditions causes engine oil to
break down slower.
yellowblue
What to Do with Used Oil
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Did you know that used engine oil contains certain
elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could
even cause cancer? Don’t let used oil stay on your skin
for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and
water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly throw
away clothing or rags containing used engine oil. (See
the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal
of oil products.)
Used oil can be a real threat to the environment. If you
change your own oil, be sure to drain all free-flowing oil
from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever dispose of oil
by putting it in the trash, pouring it on the ground, into
sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil. If
you have a problem properly disposing of your used oil,
ask your dealer, a service station or a local recycling
center for help.
1.0L L3 Engine
6-17
yellowblue
CAUTION:
Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter
off can cause you or others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air, it stops flame if
the engine backfires. If it isn’t there, and the
engine backfires, you could be burned. Don’t
drive with it off, and be careful working on the
engine with the air cleaner/filter off.
1.3L L4 Engine
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine when to
replace the air filter.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
6-18
NOTICE:
If the air cleaner/filter is off, a backfire can cause
a damaging engine fire. And, dirt can easily get
into your engine, which will damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place when
you’re driving.
yellowblue
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Replacement
1.3L L4 Engine
1.0L L3 Engine
To check or replace the filter on vehicles with a
1.0L L3 engine:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the center wing nut.
Lift and release the four clips.
Lift up the cover.
Pull out the filter and replace the filter.
Be sure to align the tab on the filter.
Reverse the above steps to replace the cover.
To check or replace the filter on vehicles with a
1.3L L4 engine:
1. Remove the screws at the front and back of the
air cleaner.
2. Open the two retaining clips.
3. Lift and separate the two parts of the air cleaner housing.
4. Remove and replace the air filter.
5. Make sure that the hinge in the bottom of the air
cleaner housing is engaged.
6. Reverse the above steps to replace the air
cleaner housing.
6-19
yellowblue
Automatic Transaxle Fluid
How to Check
When to Check and Change
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you
may choose to have this done at the dealership
service department.
A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid
level is when the engine oil is changed.
Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles
(83 000 km) if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
D In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature
regularly reaches 90_F (32_C) or higher.
D In hilly or mountainous terrain.
D Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these
conditions, the fluid and filter do not require changing.
See “Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
6-20
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or you could get a false reading on
the dipstick.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transaxle. Too much can mean that some of the
fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be sure to
get an accurate reading if you check your
transaxle fluid.
yellowblue
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxle
fluid level if you have been driving:
Then, without shutting off the engine, follow
these steps:
D When outside temperatures are above 90_F (32_C).
D At high speed for quite a while.
D In heavy traffic -- especially in hot weather.
To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal
operating temperature, which is 180_F to 200_F
(82_C to 93_C).
Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles
(24 km) when outside temperatures are above 50_F
(10_C). If it’s colder than 50_F (10_C), you may have
to drive longer.
Checking the Fluid Level
D Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the
engine running.
D With the parking brake applied, place the shift lever
in PARK (P).
1. Locate the dipstick with the red loop just in front of
your battery. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a
clean rag or paper towel.
D With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift
lever through each gear range, pausing for about
three seconds in each range. Then, position the shift
lever in PARK (P).
D Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes.
6-21
yellowblue
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds and
then pull it back out again.
If the fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper
fluid to bring the level into the area between notches on
the dipstick.
1. Pull out the dipstick.
2. Using a long-neck funnel, add enough fluid at the
dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level.
It doesn’t take much fluid, generally less than one
pint (0.5 L). Don’t overfill.
NOTICE:
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and read the lower
level. The fluid level must be between the two
notches in the hot range.
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
We recommend you use only fluid labeled
DEXRONR-III, because fluid with that label is
made especially for your automatic transaxle.
Damage caused by fluid other than
DEXRONR-III is not covered by your new
vehicle warranty.
How to Add Fluid
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of transaxle fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
6-22
3. After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level as
described under “How to Check.”
4. When the correct fluid level is obtained, push the
dipstick back in all the way.
yellowblue
Manual Transaxle Fluid
When to Check and Change
A good time to have it checked is when the engine oil is
changed. Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine when to change your transaxle fluid. See
“Scheduled Maintenance Services” in the Index.
Check the fluid level only when your engine is off, the
vehicle is parked on a level place and the transaxle is cool
enough for you to rest your fingers on the transaxle case.
Then, follow these steps:
How to Check
Because this operation can be a little difficult, you may
choose to have this done at your Chevrolet dealership
Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the
instructions here, or you could get a false reading.
NOTICE:
Too much or too little fluid can damage your
transaxle. Too much can mean that some of the
fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Be sure to
get an accurate reading if you check your
transaxle fluid.
1. Remove the filler plug.
2. Check that the lubricant level is up to the bottom of
the filler plug hole.
3. If the fluid level is good, install the plug and be sure
it is fully seated. If the fluid level is low, add more
fluid as described in the next steps.
6-23
yellowblue
How to Add Fluid
Here’s how to add fluid. Refer to the Maintenance
Schedule to determine what kind of fluid to use. See
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
1. Remove the filler plug.
2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. Add only enough
fluid to bring the fluid level up to the bottom of the
filler plug hole.
3. Install the filler plug. Be sure the plug is fully seated.
Radiator Pressure Cap
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a 13 psi (90 kPa) pressure-type
cap and must be tightly installed to prevent coolant
loss and possible engine damage from overheating.
Be sure the arrows on the cap line up with the
overflow tube on the radiator filler neck.
Clutch Adjustment
The clutch linkage in your vehicle should be checked as
recommended in your Maintenance Schedule. To check,
push the clutch pedal down with your hand until you
feel some resistance to the movement of the pedal. If the
pedal moves freely up to 5/8 to 3/4 of an inch (1.5 to 2.0
cm) or so before you feel resistance to the travel,
adjustment isn’t needed.
If there is no free travel or very little (less than 5/8 of an
inch (1.5 cm)), see your dealer for adjustment.
When you replace your radiator pressure cap, an
ACDelcoR cap is recommended.
6-24
yellowblue
Thermostat
What to Use
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat
in the engine coolant system. The thermostat stops the
flow of coolant through the radiator until the coolant
reaches a preset temperature.
Use a mixture of one-half clean, drinkable water and
one-half coolant that meets GM Specification 1825-M,
which won’t damage aluminum parts. You can also use a
recycled coolant conforming to GM Specification
1825-M with a complete coolant flush and refill. If
you use this coolant mixture, you don’t need to add
anything else.
When you replace your thermostat, an ACDelcoR
thermostat is recommended.
Engine Coolant
The following explains your cooling system and how to
add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem with
engine overheating, see “Engine Overheating” in
the Index.
A 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and the
proper coolant will:
D
D
D
D
D
Give freezing protection down to -33_F (-36_C).
Give boiling protection up to 258_F (125_C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
Help keep the proper engine temperature.
Let the warning lights and gages work as
they should.
CAUTION:
Adding only plain water to your cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water, or some other
liquid like alcohol, can boil before the proper
coolant mixture will. Your vehicle’s coolant
warning system is set for the proper coolant
mixture. With plain water or the wrong mixture,
your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t
get the overheat warning. Your engine could
catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use
a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and the
proper coolant.
6-25
yellowblue
NOTICE:
Checking Coolant
If you use an improper coolant mixture, your
engine could overheat and be badly damaged.
The repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Too much water in the mixture can
freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core
and other parts.
If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,
have your dealer check your cooling system.
NOTICE:
If you use the proper coolant, you don’t have to
add extra inhibitors or additives which claim to
improve the system. These can be harmful.
6-26
The vehicle must be on a level surface. When your
engine is cold, the coolant level should be at LOW, or a
little higher. When your engine is warm, the level should
be up to FULL, or a little higher.
yellowblue
Adding Coolant
Power Steering Fluid
If you need more coolant, add the proper coolant
mixture at the coolant recovery tank, but be careful not
to spill it.
When to Check Power Steering Fluid
CAUTION:
It is not necessary to regularly check power steering
fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or
you hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected
and repaired.
Turning the radiator pressure cap when the engine
and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding
liquids to blow out and burn you badly. With the
coolant recovery tank, you will almost never have
to add coolant at the radiator. Never turn the
radiator pressure cap -- even a little -- when the
engine and radiator are hot.
CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot
engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,
and it will burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
6-27
yellowblue
How To Check Power Steering Fluid
Windshield Washer Fluid
You can check your fluid without taking the cap off. Just
look at the reservoir.
What to Use
D When the engine compartment is hot, the level
When you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to read
the manufacturer’s instructions before use. If you will be
operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing.
should be between the HOT marks.
D When the engine compartment is cool, the level
should be between the COLD marks.
What to Use
To determine what kind of fluid to use, see
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
NOTICE:
When adding power steering fluid or making a
complete fluid change, always use the proper
fluid. Failure to use the proper fluid can cause
leaks and damage hoses and seals.
6-28
Adding Washer Fluid
yellowblue
Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer
fluid until the tank is full.
Brakes
Brake Fluid
NOTICE:
D When using concentrated washer fluid,
D
D
D
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for
adding water.
Don’t mix water with ready-to-use washer
fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid tank and
other parts of the washer system. Also,
water doesn’t clean as well as washer fluid.
Fill your washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansion if freezing occurs,
which could damage the tank if it is
completely full.
Don’t use engine coolant (antifreeze) in
your windshield washer. It can damage
your washer system and paint.
Your brake master cylinder reservoir is on the driver’s
side of the engine compartment. It is filled with DOT-3
brake fluid.
6-29
yellowblue
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the
reservoir might go down. The first is that the brake fluid
goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake
lining wear. When new linings are put in, the fluid level
goes back up. The other reason is that fluid is leaking out
of the brake system. If it is, you should have your brake
system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well, or won’t work at all.
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top off” your brake fluid.
Adding brake fluid won’t correct a leak. If you add fluid
when your linings are worn, then you’ll have too much
fluid when you get new brake linings. You should add
(or remove) brake fluid, as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
6-30
CAUTION:
If you have too much brake fluid, it can spill on the
engine. The fluid will burn if the engine is hot
enough. You or others could be burned, and your
vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only
when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.
When your brake fluid falls to a low level, your brake
warning light will come on. See “Brake System Warning
Light” in the Index.
yellowblue
What to Add
When you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brake
fluid. Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only.
Refer to “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the
Maintenance Schedule.
NOTICE:
D Using the wrong fluid can badly damage
Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area
around the cap before removing it. This will help keep
dirt from entering the reservoir.
CAUTION:
With the wrong kind of fluid in your brake
system, your brakes may not work well, or they
may not even work at all. This could cause a
crash. Always use the proper brake fluid.
D
brake system parts. For example, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine
oil, in your brake system can damage brake
system parts so badly that they’ll have to be
replaced. Don’t let someone put in the
wrong kind of fluid.
If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s
painted surfaces, the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to spill brake fluid
on your vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately. See “Appearance Care” in
the Index.
6-31
yellowblue
Brake Wear
Your vehicle has front disc brakes and rear drum brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a
high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn
and new pads are needed. The sound may come and go or
be heard all the time your vehicle is moving (except when
you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly).
CAUTION:
The brake wear warning sound means that soon
your brakes won’t work well. That could lead to
an accident. When you hear the brake wear
warning sound, have your vehicle serviced.
NOTICE:
Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean something is wrong with
your brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help
prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect
brake pads for wear and evenly torque wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to GM specifications.
Your rear drum brakes don’t have wear indicators, but if
you ever hear a rear brake rubbing noise, have the rear
brake linings inspected immediately. Also, the rear
brake drums should be removed and inspected each time
the tires are removed for rotation or changing. When
you have the front brake pads replaced, have the rear
brakes inspected, too.
Brake linings should always be replaced as complete
axle sets.
See “Brake System Inspection” in Section 7 of this manual
under Part C “Periodic Maintenance Inspections.”
Brake Pedal Travel
Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads
could result in costly brake repair.
6-32
See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to
normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal
travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.
yellowblue
Brake Adjustment
Low Maintenance Battery
Every time you make a moderate brake stop, your disc
brakes adjust for wear. If you rarely make a moderate or
heavier stop, then your brakes might not adjust correctly.
If you drive in that way, then -- very carefully -- make
a few moderate brake stops about every 1,000 miles
(1 600 km), so your brakes will adjust properly.
The battery in your vehicle needs only periodic service.
You never have to add water. But check the battery,
cables and battery bracket for corrosion. Clean off any
corrosion using a brush and a solution of ammonia and
water or baking soda and water. Rinse with clear water.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a vehicle is complex. Its many
parts have to be of top quality and work well together if
the vehicle is to have really good braking. Your vehicle
was designed and tested with top-quality GM brake
parts. When you replace parts of your braking
system -- for example, when your brake linings wear
down and you have to have new ones put in -- be sure
you get new approved GM replacement parts. If you
don’t, your brakes may no longer work properly. For
example, if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong
for your vehicle, the balance between your front and
rear brakes can change -- for the worse. The braking
performance you’ve come to expect can change in many
other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement
brake parts.
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or
more, remove the black, negative (-) cable from the
battery. This will help keep your battery from
running down.
CAUTION:
Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas
that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you
aren’t careful. See “Jump Starting” in the Index
for tips on working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle
for longer storage periods.
6-33
yellowblue
Bulb Replacement
Headlamps
The following procedures tell you how to replace the
bulbs for your vehicle. See “Replacement Bulbs” in the
Index to check the size and type of bulb you need to use.
Halogen Capsule Lamps
1. Open the hood.
For any bulb changing procedure not listed in this section,
contact your Chevrolet dealer’s service department.
Halogen Bulbs
CAUTION:
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and
can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure to read and
follow the instructions on the bulb package.
2. Using a Phillips-head screwdriver, remove the
headlamp assembly mounting screws.
6-34
yellowblue
3. Pull the headlamp assembly straight out from
the vehicle.
4. Turn the plastic lock ring about one-quarter of a turn
counterclockwise to remove it. Save the lock ring to
use with the new bulb assembly.
5. Pull up on the plastic clip. Gently pull the bulb out
for replacement.
6. Reverse the steps to replace the new bulb assembly.
Make sure the locator tab is properly aligned when
installing the headlamp assembly to the vehicle.
Headlamp Aiming
Your vehicle may have the halogen capsule headlamp
system. These headlamps have horizontal and vertical
adjustments. These have been pre-set at the factory and
should need no further adjustment.
If your vehicle is damaged in an accident and the
headlamp aim seems affected, see your dealer.
Headlamps on damaged vehicles may require:
D vehicle body repair for correct installation of the
headlamp housings or
D replacement with new headlamp housing(s).
NOTICE:
To make sure your headlamps are aimed
properly, read all the instructions before
beginning. Failure to follow these instructions
could cause damage to headlamp parts.
6-35
yellowblue
To check the aim, the vehicle should be properly
prepared as follows:
D The vehicle must have all four tires on a perfectly
level surface.
D If necessary, pads may be used on an uneven surface.
D The vehicle should not have any snow, ice or mud
attached to it.
D The vehicle should be fully assembled and all other
work stopped while headlamp aiming is being done.
D There should not be any cargo or loading of the
vehicle, except it should have a full tank of fuel and
one person or 160 lbs. (75 kg) on the driver’s seat.
D Close all doors.
D Tires should be properly inflated.
D Rock the vehicle to stabilize the suspension.
Start with the horizontal aim. The adjustment gear can
be turned with a flat-head screwdriver.
A. “0” Mark
B. Center Line
C. Horizontal Aiming Gear
1. Verify that the black line is not at the “0” mark.
2. Using a flat-tipped screwdriver, adjust the horizontal
aiming gear until the “0” mark lines up with
the centerline.
Once the horizontal aim is adjusted, then adjust the
vertical aim.
6-36
yellowblue
See your dealer if you need further assistance with
headlamp aiming.
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Sidemarker Lamps
A. Vertical Aiming Gear
B. Vertical Indicator
A. Turn Signal
For vertical adjustment:
B. Headlamp
1. Verify that the bubble is not in the center.
C. Sidemarker
2. Place a flat-tipped screwdriver into the vertical
adjusting gear.
1. Open the hood.
3. Turn the adjusting gear until the bubble comes to
the center.
2. Using a Phillips-head screwdriver, remove the
headlamp assembly mounting screws.
3. Pull the headlamp straight out from the vehicle.
6-37
yellowblue
4. Turn the turn signal bulb or sidemarker socket
counterclockwise and pull it out.
5. Pull the old bulb straight up to remove it.
6. Reverse the steps with the new bulb.
Rear Combination Lamps
To remove the rear combination bulbs:
1. Remove the two screws from the combination lamps
on the outside of the vehicle.
2. Pull back the cover on the inside of the trunk and use
a 10 mm wrench to remove the nut.
3. Pull the assembly out far enough to reach the
bulb socket.
4. Turn the socket counterclockwise and pull it out.
5. Disconnect the bulb from its socket by twisting and
then pulling the bulb out.
6. Reverse the steps to install a new bulb.
6-38
yellowblue
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(2-Door Model)
2. Turn the socket to the left and gently pull the socket
out of the assembly.
1. Remove the two mounting screws and then the lamp
assembly from the hatchback door.
2. Remove the bulb from the socket.
3. Replace the bulb with a new one and then use the
two mounting screws to secure the lamp assembly
into place.
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp
(4-Door Model)
1. Open the rear compartment lid.
2. Remove the bulb socket from the underside of the
rear seat-to-rear window panel.
3. Twist the bulb to the right and pull it straight out.
4. Replace the bulb with a new one and then snap and
turn the bulb socket into the lamp housing.
Rear Parking/Sidemarker Lamps
(2-Door Model)
1. Remove the rear combination lamp assembly as
described under “Rear Combination Lamps” earlier
in this section.
3. Pull the old bulb straight up to remove it.
4. Reverse the steps to install a new bulb.
Dome Lamp
1. Gently pry the dome lamp lens from the dome lamp
assembly with a flat-head screwdriver.
2. Pull the old bulb out.
3. Replace the bulb and snap the cover back into place.
6-39
yellowblue
Tires
Your new vehicle comes with high-quality tires made by
a leading tire manufacturer. If you ever have questions
about your tire warranty and where to obtain service, see
your Chevrolet Warranty booklet for details.
6-40
CAUTION:
Poorly maintained and improperly used tires
are dangerous.
D Overloading your tires can cause
overheating as a result of too much friction.
You could have an air-out and a serious
accident. See “Loading Your Vehicle” in
the Index.
D Underinflated tires pose the same danger as
overloaded tires. The resulting accident
could cause serious injury. Check all tires
frequently to maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure should be checked
when your tires are cold.
D Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut,
punctured or broken by a sudden
impact -- such as when you hit a pothole.
Keep tires at the recommended pressure.
D Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your
tread is badly worn, or if your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
yellowblue
Inflation -- Tire Pressure
The Tire-Loading Information label, which is on the
driver’s door lock pillar, shows the correct inflation
pressures for your tires when they’re cold. “Cold”
means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three
hours or driven no more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
NOTICE:
Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or
overinflation is all right. It’s not. If your tires
don’t have enough air (underinflation), you can
get the following:
D Too much flexing
D Too much heat
D Tire overloading
D Bad wear
D Bad handling
D Bad fuel economy.
NOTICE: (Continued)
NOTICE: (Continued)
If your tires have too much air (overinflation),
you can get the following:
D Unusual wear
D Bad handling
D Rough ride
D Needless damage from road hazards.
When to Check
Check your tires once a month or more.
Don’t forget your compact spare tire. It should be at
60 psi (420 kPa).
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type gage to check tire
pressure. You can’t tell if your tires are properly inflated
simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they’re underinflated.
Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.
They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt
and moisture.
6-41
yellowblue
Tire Inspection and Rotation
Tires should be rotated every 6,000 to 8,000 miles (10 000 to
13 000 km). Any time you notice unusual wear, rotate your
tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment. Also
check for damaged tires or wheels. See “When It’s Time for
New Tires” and “Wheel Replacement” later in this section
for more information.
The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more
uniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first
rotation is the most important. See “Scheduled
Maintenance Services” in the Index for scheduled
rotation intervals.
When rotating your tires, always use the correct rotation
pattern shown here.
6-42
Don’t include the compact spare tire in your
tire rotation.
After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front and
rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire-Loading
Information label. Make certain that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” in
the Index.
CAUTION:
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which
it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could come off and cause
an accident. When you change a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt from places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, you can
use a cloth or a paper towel to do this; but be
sure to use a scraper or wire brush later, if you
need to, to get all the rust or dirt off. (See
“Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index.)
yellowblue
When It’s Time for New Tires
One way to tell when it’s
time for new tires is to
check the treadwear
indicators, which will
appear when your tires have
only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) or
less of tread remaining.
You need a new tire if any of the following statements
are true:
D You can see the indicators at three or more places
around the tire.
D You can see cord or fabric showing through the
tire’s rubber.
D The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snagged deep
enough to show cord or fabric.
D The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
D The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage that
can’t be repaired well because of the size or location
of the damage.
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at
the Tire-Loading Information label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had
a Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)
number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC Spec number. That way
your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed
to give proper endurance, handling, speed rating,
traction, ride and other things during normal service on
your vehicle. If your tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC number will be followed by an “MS”
(for mud and snow).
If you ever replace your tires with those not having a
TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.
6-43
yellowblue
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
CAUTION:
Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while
driving. If you mix tires of different sizes or types
(radial and bias-belted tires), the vehicle may not
handle properly, and you could have a crash.
Using tires of different sizes may also cause
damage to your vehicle. Be sure to use the same
size and type tires on all wheels.
It’s all right to drive with your compact spare,
though. It was developed for use on your vehicle.
CAUTION:
If you use bias-ply tires on your vehicle, the
wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after
many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could
fail suddenly, causing a crash. Use only radial-ply
tires with the wheels on your vehicle.
6-44
The following information relates to the system
developed by the United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration, which grades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperature performance. (This
applies only to vehicles sold in the United States.) The
grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger
car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading system does
not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production tires.
While the tires available on General Motors passenger
cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these
grades, they must also conform to Federal safety
requirements and additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.
yellowblue
Treadwear
Temperature -- A, B, C
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on
the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and
may depart significantly from the norm due to variations
in driving habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance
on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required
by law.
Traction -- AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,
B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop
on wet pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance. Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or
excessive loading, either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
6-45
yellowblue
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced
carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
Scheduled wheel alignment and wheel balancing are not
needed. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your
vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving
on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying
capacity, diameter, width, offset and be mounted the
same way as the one it replaces.
If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts, replace them only with new GM original
equipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have the
right wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle.
CAUTION:
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted
or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,
wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the
wheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminum
wheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See your
dealer if any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.
6-46
Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts
or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous.
It could affect the braking and handling of your
vehicle, make your tires lose air and make you
lose control. You could have a collision in which
you or others could be injured. Always use the
correct wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts
for replacement.
yellowblue
NOTICE:
The wrong wheel can also cause problems with
bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and chassis.
See “Changing a Flat Tire” in the Index for
more information.
Used Replacement Wheels
CAUTION:
Tire Chains
NOTICE:
Use tire chains only where legal and only when
you must. Use only SAE Class “S” type chains
that are the proper size for your tires. Install
them on the front tires and tighten them as
tightly as possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions. If you can hear the
chains contacting your vehicle, stop and retighten
them. If the contact continues, slow down until it
stops. Driving too fast or spinning the wheels
with chains on will damage your vehicle.
Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is
dangerous. You can’t know how it’s been used or
how far it’s been driven. It could fail suddenly
and cause an accident. If you have to replace a
wheel, use a new GM original equipment wheel.
6-47
yellowblue
Appearance Care
Remember, cleaning products can be hazardous. Some
are toxic. Others can burst into flame if you strike a
match or get them on a hot part of the vehicle. Some are
dangerous if you breathe their fumes in a closed space.
When you use anything from a container to clean your
vehicle, be sure to follow the manufacturer’s warnings
and instructions. And always open your doors or
windows when you’re cleaning the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Gasoline
Benzene
Naphtha
Don’t use any of these unless this manual says you can.
In many uses, these will damage your vehicle:
D
D
D
D
Alcohol
Laundry Soap
Bleach
Reducing Agents
Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loose
dirt. Wipe vinyl, leather, plastic and painted surfaces
with a clean, damp cloth.
Cleaning of Fabric/Carpet
Turpentine
Your dealer has two cleaners, Multi-Purpose Interior
Cleaner and Capture Non-Solvent Dry Spot and Soil
Remover for cleaning fabric and carpet. They will clean
normal spots and stains very well. You can get
GM-approved cleaning products from your dealer. (See
“Appearance Care and Materials” in the Index.)
Lacquer Thinner
Here are some cleaning tips:
Nail Polish Remover
D Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.
D Clean up stains as soon as you can -- before they set.
D Carefully scrape off any excess stain.
Carbon Tetrachloride
Acetone
Paint Thinner
They can all be hazardous -- some more than
others -- and they can all damage your vehicle, too.
6-48
yellowblue
D Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a clean
Special Fabric Cleaning Problems
D If a ring forms on fabric after spot cleaning, clean the
Stains caused by such things as catsup, coffee (black),
egg, fruit, fruit juice, milk, soft drinks, vomit, urine and
blood can be removed as follows:
area often. A soft brush may be used if stains
are stubborn.
entire area immediately or it will set.
Using Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner
on Fabric
1. Vacuum and brush the area to remove any loose dirt.
2. Always clean a whole trim panel or section. Mask
surrounding trim along stitch or welt lines.
3. Mix powdered cleaner following the directions on
the container label to form thick suds.
4. Use suds only and apply with a clean sponge. Don’t
saturate the material and don’t rub it roughly.
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain, then sponge the
soiled area with cool water.
2. If a stain remains, follow the multi-purpose interior
cleaner instructions described earlier.
3. If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit or urine,
treat the area with a water/baking soda solution:
1 teaspoon (5 ml) of baking soda to 1 cup (250 ml)
of lukewarm water.
4. Let dry.
Stains caused by candy, ice cream, mayonnaise, chili
sauce and unknown stains can be removed as follows:
5. As soon as you’ve cleaned the section, use a sponge
to remove the suds.
1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.
6. Wipe cleaned area with a clean, damp towel or cloth.
2. First, clean with cool water and allow to
dry completely.
7. Wipe with a clean cloth and let dry.
3. If a stain remains, follow instructions for
Multi-Purpose Interior Cleaner.
6-49
yellowblue
Fabric Protection
Cleaning Interior Plastic Components
Your vehicle has upholstery that has been treated with
Scotchgardt Fabric Protector, a 3M product. It protects
fabrics by repelling oil and water, which are the carriers
of most stains. Even with this protection, you still need
to clean your upholstery often to keep it looking new.
Use only a mild soap and water solution on a soft cloth
or sponge. Commercial cleaners may affect the
surface finish.
Further information on cleaning is available by calling
1-800-433-3296 (in Minnesota, 1-800-642-6167).
Keep belts clean and dry.
Cleaning Vinyl
Care of Safety Belts
CAUTION:
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
D Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. You
may have to do it more than once.
D Things like tar, asphalt and shoe polish will stain if
you don’t get them off quickly. Use a clean cloth and
a vinyl/leather cleaner. See your dealer for
this product.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Use only mild soap and water to clean the top surfaces
of the instrument panel. Sprays containing silicones or
waxes may cause annoying reflections in the windshield
and even make it difficult to see through the windshield
under certain conditions.
6-50
Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, it
may severely weaken them. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild soap and
lukewarm water.
yellowblue
Cleaning Glass Surfaces
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner or a
liquid household glass cleaner will remove normal
tobacco smoke and dust films on interior glass. (See
“Appearance Care and Materials” in the Index.)
Don’t use abrasive cleaners on glass, because they may
cause scratches. Avoid placing decals on the inside rear
window, since they may have to be scraped off later. If
abrasive cleaners are used on the inside of the rear
window, an electric defogger element may be damaged.
Any temporary license should not be attached across the
defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outside of the
Windshield, Backglass and
Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield
washer, or if the wiper blade chatters when running,
wax, sap or other material may be on the blade
or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with GM
Windshield Cleaner, Bon AmiR Powder (non-scratching
glass cleaning powder), GM Part No. 1050011. The
windshield is clean if beads do not form when you rinse
it with water.
Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades
and affect their performance. Clean the blade by wiping
vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strength
windshield washer solvent. Then rinse the blade
with water.
Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;
replace blades that look worn.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth at least every six
months. During very cold, damp weather more frequent
application may be required. (See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.)
6-51
yellowblue
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses
The paint finish on your vehicle provides beauty, depth
of color, gloss retention and durability.
Use lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth and a car
washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses. Follow
instructions under “Washing Your Vehicle.”
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s finish is to
keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or
cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.
Use a car washing soap. Don’t use strong soaps or
chemical detergents. Be sure to rinse the vehicle well,
removing all soap residue completely. You can get
GM-approved cleaning products from your dealer. (See
“Appearance Care and Materials” in the Index.) Don’t
use cleaning agents that are petroleum based, or that
contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agents should be
flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface,
or they could stain. Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surface
scratches and water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause water to enter
your vehicle.
6-52
Finish Care
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of your vehicle by
hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint
finish. You can get GM-approved cleaning products
from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care and Materials”
in the Index.)
Your vehicle may have a “basecoat/clearcoat” paint
finish. The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the
colored basecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that
are non-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoat
paint finish.
NOTICE:
Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on
a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may dull the
finish or leave swirl marks.
yellowblue
Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other
salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird
droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage your vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted
surfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. If
necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked
safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.
If your vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal
repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop
applies anti-corrosion material to the parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion protection.
Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather
and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a period
of years. You can help to keep the paint finish looking
new by keeping your vehicle garaged or covered
whenever possible.
Any stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finish
should be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into a major repair expense.
Cleaning Tires
To clean your tires, use a stiff brush with a tire cleaner.
Sheet Metal Damage
Finish Damage
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-up
materials available from your dealer or other service
outlets. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected
in your dealer’s body and paint shop.
NOTICE:
When applying a tire dressing always take care to
wipe off any overspray or splash from all painted
surfaces on the body or wheels of the vehicle.
Petroleum-based products may damage the paint
finish and tires.
6-53
yellowblue
Underbody Maintenance
Chemical Paint Spotting
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust
control can collect on the underbody. If these are not
removed, accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on the
underbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan
and exhaust system even though they have
corrosion protection.
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a
chemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon and
attack painted surfaces on your vehicle. This damage
can take two forms: blotchy, ringlet-shaped
discolorations, and small irregular dark spots etched into
the paint surface.
At least every spring, flush these materials from the
underbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mud
and other debris can collect. Dirt packed in closed areas
of the frame should be loosened before being flushed.
Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do
this for you.
Although no defect in the paint job causes this,
Chevrolet will repair, at no charge to the owner, the
surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout
condition within 12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km)
of purchase, whichever occurs first.
6-54
yellowblue
GM Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials
PART NUMBER
994954
1050172
1050173
1050174
1050214
1050427
SIZE
23 in. x 25 in.
16 oz. (0.473 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
32 oz. (0.946 L)
23 oz. (0.680 L)
1052918**
8 oz. (0.237 L)
1052925
16 oz. (0.473 L)
1052929
1052930
12345721
12345725
12377964*
12377966*
12377984*
16 oz. (0.473 L)
8 oz. (0.237 L)
2.5 sq. ft.
12 oz. (0.354 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
16 oz. (0.473 L)
DESCRIPTION
Polishing Cloth – Wax Treated
Tar and Road Oil Remover
Chrome Cleaner and Polish
White Sidewall Tire Cleaner
Vinyl Cleaner
Glass Cleaner
t Protectant
Armor All
Multi-Purpose Interior
Cleaner
Wheel Cleaner
Capture Dry Spot Remover
Synthetic Chamois
Silicone Tire Shine
Finish Enhancer
Cleaner Wax
Surface Cleaner
See your General Motors Parts Department for these products.
See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
USAGE
Exterior polishing cloth
Removes tar, road oil and asphalt
Use on chrome, stainless steel, nickel, copper and brass
Removes soil and black marks from whitewalls
Cleans vinyl tops, upholstery and convertible tops
Removes dirt, grime, smoke and fingerprints
Protects leather, wood, acrylics, Plexiglas , plastic,
rubber and vinyl
Cleans carpets, seats, interior trim, door panels
and floor mats
Spray on and rinse with water
Attracts, absorbs and removes soils on fabric
Shines vehicle without scratching
Spray on tire shine
Removes dust, fingerprints and surface contaminants
Removes light scratches and oxidation and protects finish
Removes contaminants, blemishes and swirl marks
t
* For exterior use only.
** Not recommended for use on instrument panels.
6-55
yellowblue
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Service Parts Identification Label
You’ll find this label inside on the load floor at the rear
of the vehicle, on the spare tire cover. It’s very helpful if
you ever need to order parts. On this label is:
This is the legal identifier for your vehicle. It appears on
a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the
driver’s side. You can see it if you look through the
windshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN also
appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and registration.
Engine Identification
The 8th character in your VIN is the engine code. This
code will help you identify your engine, specifications
and replacement parts.
6-56
D
D
D
D
your VIN,
the model designation,
paint information and
a list of all production options and
special equipment.
Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.
yellowblue
Electrical System
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Add-On Electrical Equipment
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected from
short circuits by fuses, circuit breakers and thermal links
in the wiring itself. This greatly reduces the chance of
fires caused by electrical problems.
NOTICE:
Don’t add anything electrical to your vehicle
unless you check with your dealer first. Some
electrical equipment can damage your vehicle
and the damage wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment can
keep other components from working as
they should.
Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the
band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you
replace a bad fuse with a new one of the correct size.
If you ever have a problem on the road and don’t have a
spare fuse, you can borrow one. Just pick some feature
of your vehicle that you can get along without -- like the
radio or cigarette lighter -- and use its fuse, if it is the
size you need. Replace it as soon as you can. Before
replacing a fuse, turn every vehicle electrical switch off.
Your vehicle has an air bag system. Before attempting to
add anything electrical to your vehicle, see “Servicing
Your Air Bag-Equipped Vehicle” in the Index.
There are two fuse blocks in your vehicle: the engine
compartment fuse block and the instrument panel
fuse block.
Windshield Wiper Fuses
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuit
breaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats due to heavy
snow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools. If
the overload is caused by some electrical problem and
not snow, etc., be sure to get it fixed.
This fuse box is under the left side of the instrument
panel. To open it, squeeze the short sides and pull off the
cover. The fuses here protect each separate circuit
including headlamps. If you have electrical failure,
check here first.
6-57
yellowblue
Fuse
Fuse
6-58
Useage
1
Left Headlamp,
High-Beam Indicator
2
Right Headlamp
3
Parking Lamps, Sidemarker
Lamps, License Plate Lamps,
Instrument Cluster Lights
Useage
4
Door Lock System (If Equipped)
5
Hazard Lamps, Horn
6
Ignition System, Gages, Warning
and Indicator Lights, Automatic
Transaxle Speed Sensor
7
Heater, Air Conditioning
(If Equipped)
8
Stoplamps
9
Lighter, Radio
10
Back-Up Lamps,
Turn Signal Lamps
11
Rear Defogger (If Equipped)
12
Front and Rear Wiper/Washer
yellowblue
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
The main fuse box is in your engine compartment on the
driver’s side. It protects all electrical loads.
For access to the main fuses, squeeze the tabs on the
sides and pull off the cover.
Fuse
Useage
BATT
ABS
IG
All Electrical Load
ABS System
Accessory, Ignition, Windshield
Wipers, Defrost/Defog, Heater,
Back-Up Lamps
Taillamps, Stoplamps, Hazard,
Headlamps (right and left)
PTC Heater
Fuel Injection
Radiator Fan Motor
Air Conditioner
LAMP
PTC
FI
RDTR
A/C
6-59
yellowblue
Replacement Bulbs
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bulb Number
Back-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
GM Part No. 96059983 or equivalent
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
GM Part No. 96059983 or equivalent
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM Part No. 94153335
Front Parking and Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
GM Part No. 96053293 or equivalent
Headlamp (Halogen) . . . . . . . GM Part No. 9441731
or GM Part No. 91171148 or equivalent
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Rear Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Rear Stop/Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1157
Turn Signal and Hazard (Front and Rear) . . . . . 1156
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in U.S.
and metric conversions. Please refer to “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index for more information.
Automatic Transaxle
Drain and Refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 quarts (1.5 L)**
Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 quarts (2.4 L)**
Cooling System
Automatic Transaxle
VIN Engine Code 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 quarts (4.7 L)
Manual Transaxle
VIN Engine Code 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 quarts (3.9 L)
VIN Engine Code 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 quarts (4.6 L)
Crankcase
(With Filter Change) . . . . . . . 3.5 quarts (3.3 L)*
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6 gallons (40.0 L)
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 lb-ft (60 N·m)
Air Conditioning[
See the refrigerant information label under the hood.
[ See “Air Conditioning Refrigerants” later in
this section.
6-60
yellowblue
*When changing the oil filter, additional oil may be
needed. Recheck the oil level after filling. See “Engine
Oil” in the Index.
**Recheck the fluid level after filling. See “Automatic
Transaxle Fluid” or “Manual Transaxle Fluid” in
the Index.
Engine Specifications
Type
VIN Engine Code 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L3
VIN Engine Code 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L4
Firing Order
VIN Engine Code 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2
VIN Engine Code 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4-2
Horsepower
VIN Engine Code 6 . . . . . . . . . . 55 hp @ 5700 rpm
VIN Engine Code 2 . . . . . . . . . . 79 hp @ 6000 rpm
Fuel Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Injection
Piston Displacement
VIN Engine Code 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 CID (1.0L)
VIN Engine Code 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 CID (1.3L)
Valve Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In-Head
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Not all air conditioning refrigerants are the same.
If the air conditioning system in your vehicle needs
refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used.
If you’re not sure, ask your dealer.
See the refrigerant charge label under the hood for
information regarding refrigerant capacity.
Normal Maintenance
Replacement Parts
Air Cleaner Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type A1203C
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26R-50S
Engine Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type PF53
Fuel Filter . . . . . GM Part No. 96068664 or equivalent
PCV Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GM Part No. 96051849
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 psi (90 kPa)
Spark Plugs
1.0L L3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Type R42XLS
0.039 to 0.045 inch gap (1.0 to 1.1 mm)
1.3L L4 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . NGK Type BKR6E11
0.039 to 0.045 inch gap (1.0 to 1.1 mm)
1.3L L4 Engine . . . . . . . . . Denso Type K20PR-U11
0.039 to 0.045 inch gap (1.0 to 1.1 mm)
6-61
yellowblue
Vehicle Dimensions
Length
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149.4 inches (379.0 cm)
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164.0 inches (417.0 cm)
Width
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.6 inches (159.0 cm)
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62.6 inches (159.0 cm)
Height
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.7 inches (139.0 cm)
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55.4 inches (140.0 cm)
6-62
Wheelbase
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Tread
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Tread
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sedan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93.1 inches (237.0 cm)
93.1 inches (237.0 cm)
54.5 inches (138.0 cm)
54.5 inches (138.0 cm)
53.5 inches (136.0 cm)
53.5 inches (136.0 cm)
yellowblue
✍
NOTES
6-63
yellowblue
✍
6-64
NOTES
yellowblue
Section 7 Maintenance Schedule
This section covers the maintenance required for your vehicle. Your vehicle needs these services to retain its safety,
dependability and emission control performance.
7-2
7-4
7-8
7-26
Introduction
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
7-38
7-42
7-44
7-46
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Part E: Maintenance Record
7-
7-1
yellowblue
Introduction
Your Vehicle and the Environment
Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your
vehicle in good working condition, but also helps the
environment. All recommended maintenance procedures
are important. Improper vehicle maintenance can even
affect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluid
levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level
of emissions from your vehicle. To help protect our
environment, and to keep your vehicle in good
condition, please maintain your vehicle properly.
Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan
supplements your new vehicle warranties. See your
Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet, or your dealer
for details.
7-2
yellowblue
How This Section is Organized
This maintenance schedule is divided into five parts:
“Part A: Scheduled Maintenance Services” shows
what to have done and how often. Some of these
services can be complex, so unless you are technically
qualified and have the necessary equipment, you should
let your dealer’s service department or another qualified
service center do these jobs.
CAUTION:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can
be dangerous. In trying to do some jobs, you can
be seriously injured. Do your own maintenance
work only if you have the required know-how
and the proper tools and equipment for the job.
If you have any doubt, have a qualified
technician do the work.
“Part B: Owner Checks and Services” tells you
what should be checked and when. It also explains what
you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in
good condition.
“Part C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections”
explains important inspections that your dealer’s service
department or another qualified service center
should perform.
“Part D: Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
lists some recommended products to help keep your
vehicle properly maintained. These products, or their
equivalents, should be used whether you do the work
yourself or have it done.
“Part E: Maintenance Record” provides a place for
you to record the maintenance performed on your
vehicle. Whenever any maintenance is performed, be
sure to write it down in this part. This will help you
determine when your next maintenance should be done.
In addition, it is a good idea to keep your maintenance
receipts. They may be needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
If you are skilled enough to do some work on your
vehicle, you will probably want to get the service
information. See “Service and Owner Publications” in
the Index.
7-3
yellowblue
Part A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services
Using Your Maintenance Schedule
We at General Motors want to help you keep your
vehicle in good working condition. But we don’t know
exactly how you’ll drive it. You may drive very short
distances only a few times a week. Or you may drive
long distances all the time in very hot, dusty weather.
You may use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or you
may drive it to work, to do errands or in many
other ways.
Because of all the different ways people use their
vehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may need more
frequent checks and replacements. So please read the
following and note how you drive. If you have any
questions on how to keep your vehicle in good
condition, see your dealer.
This part tells you the maintenance services you should
have done and when you should schedule them. If you
go to your dealer for your service needs, you’ll know
that GM-trained and supported service people will
perform the work using genuine GM parts.
7-4
The proper fluids and lubricants to use are listed in
Part D. Make sure whoever services your vehicle uses
these. All parts should be replaced and all necessary
repairs done before you or anyone else drives
the vehicle.
These schedules are for vehicles that:
D carry passengers and cargo within recommended
limits. You will find these limits on your vehicle’s
Tire-Loading Information label. See “Loading Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
D are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal
driving limits.
D use the recommended fuel. See “Fuel” in the Index.
Selecting the Right Schedule
First you’ll need to decide which of the two schedules is
right for your vehicle. Here’s how to decide which
schedule to follow:
yellowblue
Scheduled Maintenance
Short Trip/City Definition
Short Trip/City Intervals
Follow the Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance if
any one of these conditions is true for your vehicle:
Every 3,000 Miles (5 000 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or 3 months, whichever occurs first).
D Most trips are less than 5 to 10 miles (8 to 16 km).
Every 6,000 Miles (10 000 km): Chassis Lubrication
(or 6 months, whichever occurs first). Tire Rotation.
This is particularly important when outside
temperatures are below freezing.
D Most trips include extensive idling (such as frequent
driving in stop-and-go traffic).
D Most trips are through dusty areas.
D If the vehicle is used for delivery service, police, taxi
or other commercial application.
One of the reasons you should follow this schedule if
you operate your vehicle under any of these conditions
is that these conditions cause engine oil to break
down sooner.
Every 12,000 Miles (20 000 km): Manual Transaxle
Fluid Change (or 12 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Inspection, if driving in dusty conditions. Valve Lash
(Clearance) Adjustment (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Spark Plug Replacement. Ignition Coil
Plug Cap Inspection (1.3L Code 2 L4 engine only) (or
every 30 months, whichever occurs first). Engine
Accessory Drive Belt Inspection (or every 24 months,
whichever occurs first). Cooling System Service (or
every 30 months, whichever occurs first).
7-5
yellowblue
Scheduled Maintenance
Short Trip/City Intervals
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Camshaft Timing
Belt Inspection. Brake Fluid Service. Spark Plug Wire
Replacement (or every 60 months, whichever occurs
first). Wiring Harness and Connectors Inspection (or
every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Fuel Filter
Replacement. Camshaft Timing Belt Replacement.
Every 120,000 Miles (200 000 km): Evaporative
Emissions Canister Air Suction Filter Replacement
(or every 120 months, whichever occurs first).
These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance
on the following pages.
7-6
Long Trip/Highway Definition
Follow this scheduled maintenance only if none of the
conditions from the Short Trip/City Scheduled
Maintenance is true. Do not use this schedule if the
vehicle is used for trailer towing, driven in a dusty area
or used off paved roads. Use the Short Trip/City
schedule for these conditions.
Driving a vehicle with a fully warmed engine under
highway conditions causes engine oil to break
down slower.
yellowblue
Scheduled Maintenance
Long Trip/Highway Intervals
Every 7,500 Miles (12 500 km): Engine Oil and Filter
Change (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
Chassis Lubrication (or every 12 months, whichever
occurs first). Tire Rotation.
Every 15,000 Miles (25 000 km): Valve Lash
(Clearance) Adjustment (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
Fuel Tank, Cap and Lines Inspection (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
Every 30,000 Miles (50 000 km): Engine Accessory
Drive Belt Inspection (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first). Cooling System Service (or every
30 months, whichever occurs first). Spark Plug
Replacement. Ignition Coil Plug Cap Inspection
(1.3L Code 2 L4 engine only) (or every 30 months,
whichever occurs first). Air Cleaner Filter
Replacement. Manual Transaxle Fluid Change
(or 30 months, whichever occurs first).
Long Trip/Highway Intervals
Every 50,000 Miles (83 000 km): Automatic Transaxle
Service (severe conditions only).
Every 60,000 Miles (100 000 km): Camshaft Timing
Belt Inspection. Spark Plug Wire Replacement (or
every 60 months, whichever occurs first). Wiring
Harness and Connectors Inspection (or every
60 months, whichever occurs first). Brake
Fluid Service.
Every 100,000 Miles (166 000 km): Fuel Filter
Replacement. Camshaft Timing Belt Replacement.
Every 120,000 Miles (200 000 km): Evaporative
Emissions Canister Air Suction Filter Replacement
(or every 120 months, whichever occurs first).
These intervals only summarize maintenance services.
Be sure to follow the complete scheduled maintenance
on the following pages.
7-7
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals. The service shown
at 120,000 miles (200 000 km) should be performed at
the same interval after 120,000 miles (200 000 km).
See “Owner Checks and Services” and “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections” following.
Footnotes
[ The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
7-8
# Lubricate the parking brake cable guides, underbody
contact points and linkage.
+ A good time to check your brakes is during tire
rotation. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections” in Part C of this schedule.
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
3,000 Miles (5 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
6,000 Miles (10 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
9,000 Miles (15 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
12,000 Miles (20 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-9
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
12,000 Miles (20 000 km) (Continued)
Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
j
j
j
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
18,000 Miles (30 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
7-10
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
21,000 Miles (35 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
24,000 Miles (40 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-11
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
27,000 Miles (45 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect ignition coil plug cap (1.3L Code 2 L4 engine only) (or every
30 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j
7-12
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
j Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage, (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
33,000 Miles (55 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
36,000 Miles (60 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
(Continued)
7-13
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
36,000 Miles (60 000 km) (Continued)
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
j
j
39,000 Miles (65 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
42,000 Miles (70 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
7-14
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage, (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
48,000 Miles (80 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
7-15
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
j Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or more of these conditions:
– In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90_F
(32_C) or higher.
– In hilly or mountainous terrain.
– Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, the fluid and
filter do not require changing.
51,000 Miles (85 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
54,000 Miles (90 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
7-16
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
57,000 Miles (95 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every 24 months, whichever
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j
(Continued)
7-17
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect ignition coil plug cap (1.3L Code 2 L4 engine only) (or every
30 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Replace spark plug wires (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect the underhood wiring harness for loose connections, chafed wires and
damage (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Drain, refill and bleed the brake system.
j Replace air cleaner filter. An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
j Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j
j
j
j
7-18
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
63,000 Miles (105 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
66,000 Miles (110 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
69,000 Miles (115 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
7-19
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
72,000 Miles (120 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect air cleaner filter if you are driving in dusty conditions. Replace filter
if necessary.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
7-20
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
78,000 Miles (130 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
81,000 Miles (135 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
84,000 Miles (140 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
7-21
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
87,000 Miles (145 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect ignition coil plug cap (1.3L Code 2 L4 engine only) (or every
30 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j
7-22
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
j Replace air cleaner filter. An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
93,000 Miles (155 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
96,000 Miles (160 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 6 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
(Continued)
7-23
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
96,000 Miles (160 000 km) (Continued)
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
j
j
99,000 Miles (165 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 3 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
j Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or more of these conditions:
– In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90_F
(32_C) or higher.
– In hilly or mountainous terrain.
– Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, the fluid and
filter do not require changing.
7-24
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Short Trip/City Scheduled Maintenance
j Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service.
j Replace the camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service.
120,000 Miles (200 000 km)
j Replace evaporative emission canister air suction filter
(1.3L Code 2 engine only) (or every 120 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-25
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
The services shown in this schedule up to 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) should be performed after 100,000 miles
(166 000 km) at the same intervals. The service shown
at 120,000 miles (200 000 km) should be performed at
the same interval after 120,000 miles (200 000 km).
See “Owner Checks and Services” and “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections” following.
Footnotes
[ The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board has determined that the
failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify
the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,
urge that all recommended maintenance services be
performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance
be recorded.
7-26
# Lubricate the parking brake cable guides, underbody
contact points and linkage.
+ A good time to check your brakes is during tire
rotation. See “Brake System Inspection” under “Periodic
Maintenance Inspections” in Part C of this schedule.
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
7,500 Miles (12 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
15,000 Miles (25 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
j
j
j
j
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-27
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
22,500 Miles (37 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
30,000 Miles (50 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
j
j
j
j
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
7-28
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
j Replace spark plugs.
j
j
j
j
j
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect ignition coil plug cap (1.3L Code 2 L4 engine only) (or every
30 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
Replace air cleaner filter. An Emission Control Service.
Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 30 months, whichever occurs first).
Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
37,500 Miles (62 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-29
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
45,000 Miles (75 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
j
j
j
j
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
50,000 Miles (83 000 km)
j Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or more of these conditions:
– In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90_F
(32_C) or higher.
– In hilly or mountainous terrain.
– Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, the fluid and
filter do not require changing.
7-30
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
52,500 Miles (87 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
60,000 Miles (100 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
j
j
j
j
An Emission Control Service.
Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
(Continued)
7-31
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
60,000 Miles (100 000 km) (Continued)
j Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
j Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect ignition coil plug cap (1.3L Code 2 L4 engine only) (or every
30 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
j Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 30 months, whichever occurs first).
j Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
j Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
j Inspect the underhood wiring harness for loose connections, chafed wires and
damage (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
7-32
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
j Replace spark plug wires (or every 60 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Drain, refill and bleed the brake system.
67,500 Miles (112 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
75,000 Miles (125 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
(Continued)
7-33
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
75,000 Miles (125 000 km) (Continued)
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
j
82,500 Miles (137 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
90,000 Miles (150 000 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Inspect engine accessory drive belts (or every 24 months, whichever
occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
7-34
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
j Drain, flush and refill cooling system (or every 30 months, whichever occurs
j
j
j
j
j
j
j
first). See “Engine Coolant” in the Index for what to use. Inspect hoses. Clean
radiator, condenser, pressure cap and neck. Pressure test the cooling system
and pressure cap.
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote[.)
Replace spark plugs.
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect ignition coil plug cap (1.3L Code 2 L4 engine only) (or every
30 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
Replace air cleaner filter.
An Emission Control Service.
Change manual transaxle fluid (or every 30 months, whichever occurs first).
Inspect the valve lash and adjust if necessary (1.3L Code 2 engine only).
An Emission Control Service.
Inspect fuel tank, cap and lines and any hoses for damage (or every
15 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service. (See footnote [.)
Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
7-35
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
97,500 Miles (162 500 km)
j Change engine oil and filter (or every 7.5 months, whichever occurs first).
An Emission Control Service.
j Lubricate chassis components (or every 12 months, whichever occurs first).
(See footnote #.)
j Rotate tires. See “Tire Inspection and Rotation” in the Index for proper
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
rotation pattern and additional information. (See footnote +.)
100,000 Miles (166 000 km)
j Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one or more of these conditions:
– In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90_F
(32_C) or higher.
– In hilly or mountainous terrain.
– Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.
If you do not use your vehicle under any of these conditions, the fluid and
filter do not require changing.
j Replace fuel filter.
An Emission Control Service.
j Replace the camshaft timing belt.
An Emission Control Service.
7-36
yellowblue
Long Trip/Highway Scheduled Maintenance
120,000 Miles (200 000 km)
j Replace evaporative emissions canister air suction filter (1.3L Code 2 engine
only) (or every 120 months, whichever occurs first).
DATE
ACTUAL
MILEAGE
SERVICED BY:
7-37
yellowblue
Part B: Owner Checks and Services
Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check
Listed in this part are owner checks and services which
should be performed at the intervals specified to help
ensure the safety, dependability and emission control
performance of your vehicle.
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the
windshield washer tank and add the proper fluid if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index
for further details.
Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your
vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown in
Part D.
Hood Latch Operation Check
At Each Fuel Fill
It is important for you or a service station attendant to
perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill.
Pull the primary hood latch release handle inside the
vehicle. The secondary latch should keep the hood from
opening all the way when the primary latch is released.
Make sure the hood closes firmly. See “Hood Release”
in the Index for further details.
At Least Once a Month
Engine Oil Level Check
Tire Inflation Check
Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if
necessary. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for
further details.
Make sure tires are inflated to the correct pressures.
See “Tires” in the Index for further details.
Cassette Deck Service
Engine Coolant Level Check
Check the engine coolant level and add the proper
coolant mixture if necessary. See “Engine Coolant” in
the Index for further details.
7-38
Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every
50 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems” in the Index
for further details.
yellowblue
At Least Twice a Year
Restraint System Check
Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your
belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchorages are
working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged
safety belt system parts. If you see anything that might
keep a safety belt system from doing its job, have it
repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced.
Also look for any opened or broken air bag coverings,
and have them repaired or replaced. (The air bag system
does not need regular maintenance.)
Fluid Level Check
Check the automatic or manual transaxle fluid level and
add as needed. See “Automatic Transaxle” or “Manual
Transaxle” in the Index. Check for leaks. A fluid loss in
these systems could indicate a problem. Have the system
inspected and repaired at once.
At Least Once a Year
Key Lock Cylinders Service
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant
specified in Part D.
Wiper Blade Check
Body Lubrication Service
Inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking. Replace blade
inserts that appear worn or damaged or that streak or
miss areas of the windshield. Also see “Wiper Blades,
Cleaning” in the Index.
Lubricate all body door hinges. Also lubricate all hinges
and latches, including those for the hood, rear
compartment and any folding seat hardware. Part D tells
you what to use. More frequent lubrication may be
required when exposed to a corrosive environment.
Weatherstrip Lubrication
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth. During very cold,
damp weather more frequent application may be
required. (See “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in
the Index.)
7-39
yellowblue
Starter Switch Check
CAUTION:
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be
injured. Follow the steps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking
Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the regular brake.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be
ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.
3. On automatic transaxle vehicles, try to start the
engine in each gear. The starter should work only in
PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N). If the starter works in
any other position, your vehicle needs service.
On manual transaxle vehicles, put the shift lever in
NEUTRAL (N), push the clutch down halfway and
try to start the engine. The starter should work only
when the clutch is pushed down all the way to the
floor. If the starter works when the clutch isn’t
pushed all the way down, your vehicle needs service.
7-40
Brake-Transaxle Shift Interlock (BTSI) Check
(Automatic Transaxle)
CAUTION:
When you are doing this check, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If it does, you or others could be
injured. Follow the steps below.
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room
around the vehicle. It should be parked on a
level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake (see “Parking Brake”
in the Index if necessary).
NOTE: Be ready to apply the regular brake
immediately if the vehicle begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the key to the ON position,
but don’t start the engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of
PARK (P) with normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of PARK (P), your vehicle’s BTSI
needs service.
yellowblue
Ignition Automatic Transaxle Lock Check
While parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turn
the ignition key to LOCK in each shift lever position.
D The key should turn to LOCK only when the shift
lever is in PARK (P).
D The key should come out only in LOCK.
Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle PARK (P)
Mechanism Check
CAUTION:
When you are doing this check, your vehicle
could begin to move. You or others could be
injured and property could be damaged. Make
sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case
it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing
downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the
parking brake.
D To check the parking brake’s holding ability: With
the engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL (N),
slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking
brake only.
D To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to PARK (P). Then
release all brakes.
Underbody Flushing Service
At least every spring, use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to
clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris
can collect.
7-41
yellowblue
Part C: Periodic Maintenance
Inspections
Listed in this part are inspections and services which
should be performed at least twice a year (for instance,
each spring and fall). You should let your dealer’s
service department or other qualified service center do
these jobs. Make sure any necessary repairs are
completed at once.
Proper procedures to perform these services may be
found in a service manual. See “Service and Owner
Publications” in the Index.
Steering, Suspension and
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Boot and
Seal Inspection
Inspect the front and rear suspension and steering
system for damaged, loose or missing parts, signs of
wear, or lack of lubrication. Inspect power steering lines
and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Check for seal leakage. Clean and then
inspect the drive axle boot seals for damage, tears or
leakage. Replace seals if necessary. Check final drive
axle output shaft seals for leakage.
7-42
Exhaust System Inspection
Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body
near the exhaust system. Look for broken, damaged,
missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams,
holes, loose connections or other conditions which could
cause a heat build-up in the floor pan or could let
exhaust fumes into the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust” in
the Index.
Engine Cooling System Inspection
Inspect the hoses and have them replaced if they are
cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes,
fittings and clamps; replace as needed. Clean the outside
of the radiator and air conditioning condenser. To help
ensure proper operation, a pressure test of the cooling
system and pressure cap is recommended at least once
a year.
Throttle System Inspection
Inspect the throttle system for interference or binding,
and for damaged or missing parts. Replace parts as
needed. Replace any components that have high effort
or excessive wear. Do not lubricate accelerator and
cruise control cables.
yellowblue
Brake System Inspection
Clutch Release Arm Play Service
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Also inspect drum brake linings
for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including
drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc.
Check parking brake adjustment. You may need to have
your brakes inspected more often if your driving habits
or conditions result in frequent braking.
Adjust the linkage whenever there is little or no play.
Check the linkage every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or
less. The clutch play should be checked at the clutch
release arm on the transaxle, not at the clutch pedal.
7-43
yellowblue
Part D: Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants
NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name,
part number or specification may be obtained from
your dealer.
USAGE
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Engine Oil
Engine Oil with the American
Petroleum Institute Certified For
Gasoline Engines “Starburst”
symbol of the proper viscosity. To
determine the preferred viscosity
for your vehicle’s engine, see
“Engine Oil” in the Index.
Engine Coolant
7-44
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and good quality Ethylene
Glycol Base Coolant (GM Part
No. 1052753 or equivalent)
conforming to GM Specification
1825M or approved recycled
coolant conforming to GM
Specification 1825M. See “Engine
Coolant” in the Index.
USAGE
Hydraulic Brake
System
Windshield
Washer Solvent
Parking Brake
Cable Guides
Power Steering
System
Manual
Transaxle
Automatic
Transaxle
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Delco Supreme 11R Brake Fluid
(GM Part No. 12377967 or
equivalent DOT-3 Brake Fluid).
GM OptikleenR Washer Solvent
(GM Part No. 1051515)
or equivalent.
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part
No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI # 2, Category LB
or GC-LB.
DEXRONR-III Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
GM Goodwrench Synthetic
Manual Transmission Fluid (GM
Part No. 12346190 - 1 quart) or
equivalent SAE 75W-85 GL-4
Gear Oil.
DEXRONR-III Automatic
Transmission Fluid.
yellowblue
USAGE
FLUID/LUBRICANT
USAGE
Key Lock
Cylinders
Multi-Purpose Lubricant,
SuperlubeR (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Hood Latch
Assembly and
Secondary Latch
Manual
Transaxle Shift
Linkage
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part
No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI # 2, Category LB
or GC-LB.
Clutch Linkage
Pivot Points
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part
No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI # 2, Category LB
or GC-LB.
Chassis
Lubrication
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part
No. 12377985 or equivalent) or
lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI # 2, Category LB
or GC-LB.
FLUID/LUBRICANT
LubriplateR Lubricant Aerosol
(GM Part No. 12346293 or
equivalent) or lubricant meeting
requirements of NLGI # 2,
Category LB or GC-LB.
Hood and Door
Hinges
Multi-Purpose Lubricant,
SuperlubeR (GM Part
No. 12346241 or equivalent).
Weatherstrip
Conditioning
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM
Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
7-45
yellowblue
Part E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed, record the
date, odometer reading and who performed the service
in the boxes provided after the maintenance interval.
Any additional information from “Owner Checks and
Services” or “Periodic Maintenance” can be added on
the following record pages. Also, you should retain all
maintenance receipts. Your owner information portfolio
is a convenient place to store them.
Maintenance Record
DATE
7-46
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
yellowblue
Maintenance Record
DATE
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
7-47
yellowblue
Maintenance Record
DATE
7-48
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
yellowblue
Section 8 Customer Assistance Information
Here you will find out how to contact Chevrolet if you need assistance. This section also tells you how to obtain
service publications and how to report any safety defects.
8-2
8-4
8-4
8-5
8-6
8-7
8-8
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone
(TTY) Users
Customer Assistance Offices
GM Mobility Program for Persons
with Disabilities
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program
Canadian Roadside Assistance
Courtesy Transportation
8-9
8-10
8-10
8-11
8-11
Warranty Information
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors
Ordering Service and Owner Publications
in Canada
8-
8-1
yellowblue
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your
dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns with
the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will
be resolved by your dealer’s sales or service
departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best
intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can
occur. If your concern has not been resolved to your
satisfaction, the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE -- Discuss your concern with a member of
dealership management. Normally, concerns can be
quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already
been reviewed with the sales, service or parts manager,
contact the owner of the dealership or the
general manager.
8-2
yellowblue
STEP TWO -- If after contacting a member of
dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by the dealership without further help, contact
the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center by
calling 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, contact GM of Canada
Customer Communication Centre in Oshawa by calling
1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order
to give your inquiry prompt attention. Please have the
following information available to give the Customer
Assistance Representative:
D Vehicle Identification Number (This is available
from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate
at the top left of the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.)
When contacting Chevrolet, please remember that your
concern will likely be resolved at a dealer’s facility. That
is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have
a concern.
STEP THREE -- Both General Motors and your dealer
are committed to making sure you are completely
satisfied with your new vehicle. However, if you
continue to remain unsatisfied after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, you must file
with the GM/BBB Auto Line Program to enforce any
additional rights you may have. Canadian owners
refer to your Warranty and Owner Assistance
Information booklet for information on the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
D Dealership name and location
D Vehicle delivery date and present mileage
8-3
yellowblue
The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program
administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to
settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the
interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Although you are required to resort to this informal dispute
resolution program prior to filing any court action, use of
the program is free of charge and your case will generally
be heard within 40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you may reject it and proceed
with any other venue for relief available to you.
You may contact the BBB using the toll-free telephone
number or write them at the following address:
BBB Auto Line
Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203-1804
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
This program is available in all 50 states and the District
of Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age,
mileage and other factors. General Motors reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue
its participation in this program.
8-4
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users
To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or
speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),
Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV (2438). (TTY
users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)
Customer Assistance Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll-free
number for assistance. If a U.S. customer wishes to write
to Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to Chevrolet’s
Customer Assistance Center.
United States
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-CHEV-USAR (243-8872)
yellowblue
Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800
All Overseas Locations
GMODC - Customer Communication Centre
169-007
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Telephone: 905-644-4112
Fax:
905-644-4866
Caribbean Numbers
1-800-496-9992 (English) Puerto Rico
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) Puerto Rico
1-800-751-4135 (English) Dominican Republic
1-800-751-4136 (Spanish) Dominican Republic
1-800-496-9994 U.S. Virgin Islands
1-800-389-0009 Bahamas
1-800-534-0122 Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua & B.V.I.
If toll free service is not available in the Caribbean,
call Puerto Rico 1-787-763-1315.
GM Mobility Program for Persons
with Disabilities
This program, available to
qualified applicants, can
reimburse you up to $1,000
toward aftermarket driver or
passenger adaptive
equipment you may require
for your vehicle (hand
controls, wheelchair/scooter
lifts, etc.).
This program can also provide you with free resource
information, such as area driver assessment centers and
mobility equipment installers. The program is available
for a limited period of time from the date of vehicle
purchase/lease. See your dealer for more details or call
the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935.
Text telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935.
GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program. Call
1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for details. When
calling from outside Canada, please dial 1-905-644-3063.
All TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.
8-5
yellowblue
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program
If your problem cannot be resolved over the
phone, our advisors have access to a nationwide network
of dealer recommended service providers. Roadside
membership is free; however some services may incur costs.
Roadside offers two levels of service to the customer,
Basic Care and Courtesy Care:
D
D
D
D
To enhance Chevrolet’s strong commitment to customer
satisfaction, Chevrolet is excited to announce the
establishment of the Chevrolet Roadside Assistance
Center. As the owner of a 1999 Chevrolet, membership
in Roadside Assistance is free.
Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year, by calling 1-800-CHEV-USA (243-8872).
This toll-free number will provide you over-the-phone
roadside assistance with minor mechanical problems.
8-6
Toll-free number, 1-800-CHEV-USA (243-8872)
Free towing for warranty repairs
Basic over-the-phone technical advice
Available dealer services at reasonable costs (i.e.,
wrecker services, locksmith/key service, glass
repair, etc.)
ROADSIDE Courtesy Care PROVIDES:
D Roadside Basic Care services (as outlined previously)
Plus:
D FREE Non-Warranty Towing (to the closest dealer
from a legal roadway)
D FREE Locksmith/Key Service (when keys are lost
on the road or locked inside)
D FREE Flat Tire Service (spare installed on the road)
D FREE Jump Start (at home or on the road)
D FREE Fuel Delivery ($5 of fuel delivered on
the road)
yellowblue
Chevrolet offers Courtesy Transportation for customers
needing warranty service. Courtesy Transportation will
be offered in conjunction with the coverage provided by
the Bumper to Bumper New Vehicle Limited Warranty
to eligible purchasers of 1999 Chevrolet passenger cars
and light duty trucks. (Please see your selling dealer
for details.)
Note: Courtesy Care is available to retail and retail lease
customers operating 1999 and newer Chevrolet vehicles
for a period of 3 years/36,000 miles (60 000 km),
whichever occurs first. All Courtesy Care services must
be pre-arranged by Chevrolet Roadside or dealer
service management.
Basic Care and Courtesy Care are not part of or
included in the coverage provided by the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Chevrolet reserves the right to
modify or discontinue Basic Care and Courtesy Care
at any time.
For complete program details, see your Chevrolet dealer
to obtain a Roadside Assistance Center brochure.
The Roadside Assistance Center uses companies that
will provide you with quality and priority service. When
roadside services are required, our advisors will explain
any payment obligations that may be incurred for
utilizing outside services.
For prompt assistance when calling, please have the
following available to give to the advisor:
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
License plate number
Vehicle color
Vehicle location
Telephone number where you can be reached
Vehicle mileage
Description of problem
Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure
inside your owner information portfolio for full
program details.
Canadian Roadside Assistance
Vehicles purchased in Canada have an extensive
Roadside Assistance program accessible from anywhere
in Canada or the United States. Please refer to the
separate brochure provided by the dealer or call
1-800-268-6800 for emergency services.
8-7
yellowblue
Courtesy Transportation
Chevrolet has always exemplified quality and value in
its offering of motor vehicles. To enhance your
ownership experience, we and our participating dealers
are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer
support program for new vehicles.
The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to retail
purchase/lease customers in conjunction with the
Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty. Several transportation
options are available when warranty repairs are
required. This will reduce your inconvenience during
warranty repairs.
Plan Ahead When Possible
When your vehicle requires warranty service, you
should contact your dealer and request an appointment.
By scheduling a service appointment and advising your
service consultant of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your inconvenience. If it is
determined that your vehicle cannot be scheduled into
the service department immediately and is still
operative, you are encouraged to drive the vehicle until
scheduling can be accomplished.
8-8
If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle
off for service, you are urged to do so as early in the
work day as possible to allow for same day repair.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be completed while you
wait. However, if you are unable to wait Chevrolet helps
minimize your inconvenience by providing several
transportation options. Depending on the circumstances,
your dealer can offer you one of the following:
Shuttle Service
Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to
get you to your destination with minimal interruption of
your daily schedule. This includes a one way shuttle ride to a
destination up to 10 miles from the dealership.
Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement
If your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs,
reimbursement up to $30 per day (five days maximum)
may be available for the use of public transportation
such as taxi or bus. In addition, should you arrange
transportation through a friend or relative,
reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses up to
$10 per day (five day maximum) may be available.
Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be
supported by original receipts.
yellowblue
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
When your vehicle is unavailable due to overnight
warranty repairs, your dealer may arrange to provide
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a
rental vehicle you obtained, at actual cost, up to a
maximum of $30.00 per day supported by receipts. This
requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement
and meet state, local and rental vehicle provider
requirements. Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements, insurance coverage, credit
card, etc. You are responsible for fuel usage charges and
may also be responsible for taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the
completion of the repair.
Generally it is not possible to provide a like-vehicle as a
courtesy rental.
Additional Program Information
Courtesy Transportation is available during the
Bumper-to-Bumper warranty coverage period,
but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
A separate booklet entitled “Warranty and Owner
Assistance Information” furnished with each new
vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information.
Courtesy Transportation is available only at
participating dealers and all program options, such as
shuttle service, may not be available at every dealer.
Please contact your dealer for specific information about
availability. All Courtesy Transportation arrangements
will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel.
Canadian Vehicles: For warranty repairs during the
Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General
Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
alternative transportation may be available under the
Courtesy Transportation Program. Please consult your
dealer for details.
General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify,
change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time
and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the
terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion.
General Motors and participating dealers reserve the right
to deny a rental vehicle to anyone not possessing a valid
motor vehicle operators license in their name, anyone who
is under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or anyone
whose mental or physical abilities are impaired so as to be
unable to operate a motor vehicle safely.
Warranty Information
Your vehicle comes with a separate warranty booklet
that contains detailed warranty information.
8-9
yellowblue
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO THE UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to
notifying General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in
a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer or
General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from the hotline.
8-10
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS TO
THE CANADIAN GOVERNMENT
If you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehicle
has a safety defect, you should immediately notify
Transport Canada, in addition to notifying General
Motors of Canada Limited. You may write to:
Transport Canada
330 Sparks Street
Tower C
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0N5
yellowblue
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
TO GENERAL MOTORS
Ordering Service and Owner
Publications in Canada
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada)
in a situation like this, we certainly hope you’ll notify
us. Please call us at 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Service manuals, owner’s manuals and other service
literature are available for purchase for all current and
past model General Motors vehicles.
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre, 163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
The toll-free telephone number for ordering information
in Canada is 1-800-668-5539.
8-11
yellowblue
1999 CHEVROLET SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications covering the operation and servicing of your vehicle can be purchased by filling out
the Service Publication Order Form in this book and mailing it in with your check, money order,
or credit card information to Helm, Incorporated (address below.)
CURRENT PUBLICATIONS FOR 1999 CHEVROLET
SERVICE MANUALS
Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information
on engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,
electrical, steering, body, etc.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $90.00
OWNER’S INFORMATION
Owner publications are written directly for Owners and
intended to provide basic operational information about the
vehicle. The owner’s manual will include the Maintenance
Schedule for all models.
TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE, TRANSFER CASE
UNIT REPAIR MANUAL
This manual provides information on unit repair service
procedures, adjustments and specifications for the
1999 GM transmissions, transaxles and transfer cases.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $50.00
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual and
Warranty Booklet.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $20.00
SERVICE BULLETINS
Service Bulletins give technical service information needed
to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the
diagnosis and service of your vehicle.
PLEASE COMPLETE THE ORDER FORM SHOWN ON
THE FOLLOWING PAGE AND MAIL TO:
Helm, Incorporated S P.O. Box 07130 S Detroit, MI 48207
8-12
Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $15.00
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
Service Publications are available for current and past
model GM vehicles. To request an order form, please
specify year and model name of the vehicle.
OR ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-551-4123
Monday-Friday 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only (VISA–MasterCard–Discover)
yellowblue
ORDER TOLL FREE
(NOTE: For Credit Card Holders Only)
1-800-551-4123
(Monday-Friday 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM EST)
FAX Orders Only 1-313-865-5927
1
9
9
9
PUBLICATION FORM
NUMBER
Orders will be mailed within 10 days of receipt. Please allow adequate time for postal
service. If further information is needed, write to the address shown below or call
1-800-551-4123. Material cannot be returned for credit without packing slip with return
information within 30 days of delivery. On returns, a re-stocking fee may be applied
against the original order.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
VEHICLE MODEL
NAME
YEAR
QTY.
PRICE
EACH*
Service Manual
Car & Light Truck
Transmission Unit Repair
1999
$90.00
1999
$50.00
Owner’s Manual In Portfolio
1999
$20.00
Owner’s Manual Without Portfolio
1999
$15.00
TOTAL
PRICE
G
M
S
H
I
P
T
O
NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer or company name, and also the
name of the person to whose attention the shipment should be sent.
Mail completed order form to:
HELM, INCORPORATED S P.O. Box 07130 S Detroit, MI 48207
For purchases outside U.S.A. please write to the above address for quotation.
(CUSTOMER’S NAME)
(ATTENTION)
(STREET ADDRESS—NO P.O. BOX NUMBERS)
(CITY)
(STATE)
DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO.
(ZIP CODE)
(
)
AREA CODE
GM-CHE-ORD99
*(Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for delivery.)
P
A
Y
M
E
N
T
Check or Money
Order payable to
Helm, Inc. (USA funds
only — do not send cash.)
TOTAL MATERIAL
Michigan Purchasers
add 6% sales tax
U.S. Order Processing
MasterCard
VISA
$6.00
Canadian Postage
(See Note Below)
GRAND TOTAL
Discover
Account
Number:
Expiration
Date mo/yr:
Check here if your billing address
is different from your shipping
address shown.
CUSTOMER SIGNATURE
Note to Canadian Customers: All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Canadian residents
are to make checks payable in U.S. funds. To cover Canadian postage, add $11.50 plus the
U.S. order processing.
8-13
yellowblue
✍
8-14
NOTES
yellowblue
Section 9 Index
A
dding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle . . . . . 6-3
Air Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
How Does it Restrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
How it Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22, 2-37
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
What Makes it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
What Will You See After it Inflates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
When Should it Inflate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Air Conditioner Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Air Conditioning Refrigerants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60, 6-61
Alignment and Balance, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Anti-Lock
Brake System Active Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41, 4-9
Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40, 4-7
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Appearance Care Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-55
Arbitration Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Automatic
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11, 2-13
Transaxle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Transaxle Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Transaxle Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Transaxle Park Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 5-5
BBB Auto Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Before Leaving on a Long Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Better Business Bureau Mediation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Brake
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Pedal Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Replacing System Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Transaxle Shift Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Transaxle Shift Interlock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
9-
9-1
yellowblue
Brakes, Anti-Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Braking in Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
BTSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
BTSI Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34, 6-60
Center High-Mounted Stoplamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Dome Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Front Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Front Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Rear Combination Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Rear Parking Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Rear Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
C
anadian Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22, 2-23, 4-29
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Cassette Deck Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Cassette Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Certification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Chemical Paint Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Securing in the Rear Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Securing in the Right Front Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Top Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
9-2
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Circuit Breakers and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Cleaner, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Cleaning
Exterior Lamps/Lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Fabric/Carpet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Inside of Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Interior Plastic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Outside of Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Special Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Stains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Clock, Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Clutch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Compact Disc Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Compact Disc Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Control, Loss of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Recovery Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Cupholder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Customer Assistance for Text Telephone Users . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Customer Assistance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
yellowblue
Damage
Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Sheet Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Daytime Running Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Dead Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Defects, Reporting Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Defogger, Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Defogging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Dimensions, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Door
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Storage Pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Drive Position, Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Driving
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
In a Blizzard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
In the Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
On Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
On Snow and Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Through Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
E
asy Entry Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Electrical Equipment, Adding . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12, 3-15, 6-57
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11, 6-12
Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Coolant Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22, 2-23, 4-29
Fuse Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-59
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Oil Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Starting Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44, 6-13
Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
When to Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Ethanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Exhaust, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22, 2-23, 4-29
Exterior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Fabric Cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Fabric Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Fifth Gear, Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
9-3
yellowblue
Filter, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Finish Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
First Gear, Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Flash-to-Pass Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Flat Tire, Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Fluid Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Folding Rear Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Foreign Countries, Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Fourth Gear, Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
French Language Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Filling Your Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
In Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Gages
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Gear Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Gross Axle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Guide en Français . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
9-4
H
alogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
Halogen Capsule Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
Hatchback Lid Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Hearing Impaired, Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
High-Beam Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Hood
Checking Things Under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Latch Operation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Prop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
I
gnition Automatic Transaxle Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inflation, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Day/Night Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspections
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch Release Arm Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front-Wheel-Drive Axle Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-41
2-10
6-41
2-28
7-43
7-43
7-42
7-42
7-42
7-42
yellowblue
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Throttle System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Plastic Components, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-42
7-42
7-42
2-32
2-28
6-50
6-57
2-35
2-34
2-28
6-50
J
ack, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
K
ey Lock Cylinders Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Labels
Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Tire-Loading Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Vehicle Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27, 2-28
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Leaving Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running . . . . . . . 2-20
Lid Release, Hatchback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Lid Release, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Lights
Air Bag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22, 2-37
Anti-Lock Brake System Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41, 4-9
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40, 4-7
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Daytime Running Lamps Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44, 6-13
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Safety Belt Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 2-37
Service Engine Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17, 2-38
Loading Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Ignition Automatic Transaxle Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Key Lock Cylinder Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Rear Door Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Long Trip, Before Leaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Low Gear, Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Lubricants and Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Lubrication Service, Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
9-5
yellowblue
M
aintenance, Normal Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Maintenance Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
How This Section is Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Long Trip/Highway Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Long Trip/Highway Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Long Trip/Highway Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Short Trip/City Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Short Trip/City Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Short Trip/City Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Your Vehicle and the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Maintenance, Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Manual Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Manual Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Manual Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Manual Transaxle
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Inside Day/Night Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Manual Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Mobility Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
9-6
Neutral
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Night Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
O
dometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Odometer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Oil, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44, 6-13
Overheating Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Owner Publications, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11, 8-12
P
aint Spotting, Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Park
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Parking
At Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Brake Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Your Vehicle, Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
yellowblue
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Pregnancy, Use of Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Problems on the Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Publications, Service and Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11, 8-12
R
adiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Radios
AM-FM Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Rain, Driving In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Rear
Door Security Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Windshield Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Inside Day/Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Manual Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Manual Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Reclining Front Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Recovery Tank, Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Refrigerants, Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60, 6-61
Remote Lid Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Replacement
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Replacing Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Restraints
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Replacing Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Reverse
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Roadside Assistance, Canadian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Rocking Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Driver Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
How to Wear Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Incorrect Usage . . . . . 1-16, 1-17, 1-18, 1-19, 1-46, 1-47
Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14, 1-28
Larger Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Questions and Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
9-7
yellowblue
Safety Belts (Continued)
Rear Seat Passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Reminder Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9, 2-37
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Right Front Passenger Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Smaller Children and Babies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Why They Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Safety Defects, Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Safety Warnings and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Seatback
Folding Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Reclining Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Seats
Easy Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Manual Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Securing a Child Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40, 1-43
Second Gear
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Bulletins, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11, 8-12
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Manuals, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11, 8-12
Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Publications, Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11, 8-12
Work, Doing Your Own . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Service and Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
9-8
Service and Owner Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11, 8-12
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11, 8-12
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Sheet Metal Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Shift Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13, 2-16
Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Shifting
Automatic Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Into Park (P) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21
Signaling Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Skidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Sound Equipment, Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Spare Tire, Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-60
Specifications, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-61
Speech Impaired, Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Stains, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Starting Your Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
In Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Storage, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Symbols, Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
yellowblue
T
achometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Tape Player Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
Third Gear, Manual Transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Time, Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Tire Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Tire-Loading Information Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Alignment and Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Buying New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Inflation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Storing the Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Storing the Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Wear Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
When It’s Time for New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Top Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40
Torque Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Torque, Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27, 6-60
Towing
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Transaxle Fluid
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Transportation, Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
TTY Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Turn Signal and Lane Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24
Underbody Flushing Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-54
Vehicle
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Control, Loss of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Damage Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-62
Identification Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Visors, Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
9-9
yellowblue
W
arning Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Washer Fluid, Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Washing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-52
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Wheel
Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27, 6-60
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
9-10
Windshield Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26, 6-28
Fluid Level Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Windshield Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-57
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Wiper Blades, Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-51
Wrecker Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Wrench, Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement